LogoFortis 270/320/400/500 C, Fortis 320/400/500
  • en-US
    • Contact
    • Legal Notice
    • General Terms & Conditions
    • Data Privacy Statement
    • Cookie Policy
    • 002-23042025
    • General information
      • General
        • Explanation of safety instructions
        • Obligations of the Operating Company
        • Obligations of Personnel
        • Safety symbols
        • Data backup
        • Copyright
      • Utilization in accordance with "intended purpose"
        • Intended use
        • Foreseeable misuse
      • Information about the device
        • Device concept
        • Device overview
        • Operating principle
        • Application areas
      • Notes on the device
        • Notes on the device
        • Description of the warnings on the device
        • Notes on the optional cooling unit
      • System components
        • General
        • System components
        • Options
        • System configurations
    • Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
      • Welding Packages
        • General
        • Welding Packages
      • Welding characteristics
        • Welding characteristics
      • Welding processes and process functions
        • MIG/MAG pulse welding
        • MIG/MAG standard welding
        • MIG/MAG manual welding
        • SynchroPulse welding
        • Stitch welding
        • TIG welding
        • Manual metal arc welding
        • Gouging (Arc Air Gouging)
    • Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
      • Control Panel
        • General
        • Safety
        • Control panel
        • Input options
        • Display
        • Setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen
        • Animated graphics
      • Multifunctional buttons
        • General
        • Button assignment display
        • Retrieving an EasyJob
        • Assigning setup parameters to multifunctional buttons
        • Retrieving setup parameters
        • Deleting EasyJobs or setup parameters from the multifunctional button
      • Connections, Switches, and Mechanical Components
        • Welding machines with integrated wire drive
        • Welding machines with separate wirefeeder
        • Cooling unit option (OPT/s CU 1200)
        • Toolbox option
    • Before installation and initial operation
      • Minimum equipment for welding operations
        • General
        • Gas-cooled MIG/MAG welding
        • Water-cooled MIG/MAG welding
        • TIG DC welding
        • Manual metal arc welding
        • Arc air gouging
      • Before installation and initial operation
        • Safety
        • Generator-powered operation
        • Information on system components
      • Single-phase power supply
        • Single-phase power supply
      • Connecting the mains cable to the welding machine
        • Specified mains cable
        • Safety
        • Connecting the mains cable to
          /nc welding machines
        • Connecting the mains cable to
          /XT welding machines
        • Connecting the mains cable to /XT welding machines for single-phase operation
      • Transport and setup regulations
        • Transporting individual devices
        • Transporting welding systems
        • Checking lifting equipment
        • Welding during crane transport
        • Setup regulations
      • Mains connection
        • Mains connection
        • Fortis mains connection
    • Dangers when welding
      • Danger from incorrect operation or misuse
        • Danger from incorrect operation and misuse
      • Danger from grid current and welding current
        • Danger from grid current and welding current
        • Danger due to electromagnetic emissions
      • Danger from flying sparks, arc radiation, and noise
        • Danger from flying sparks
        • Danger from arc radiation
        • Danger due to noise
        • Data on noise emission values
        • Danger from welding operation
      • Danger from toxic gases and vapors
        • Danger from toxic gases and vapors
      • Danger due to missing safety equipment and moving components
        • Danger due to missing safety equipment
        • Danger due to rotating parts
        • Danger due to missing covers
      • Danger from shielding gas cylinders and shielding gas supply
        • Danger from shielding gas cylinders and shielding gas supply
      • Danger due to hot parts and slag
        • Danger due to hot parts and slag
    • Commissioning
      • Commissioning of Fortis C
        • Safety
        • Fortis C: Assembling the system components (overview)
        • Inserting/changing feed rollers
        • Connecting the welding torch
        • Connecting the gas cylinder
        • Establishing a ground earth connection
        • Inserting the wire spool
        • Installing the basket-type spool
        • Connecting the polarity reverser
        • Feeding in the wire electrode
        • Setting the contact pressure
        • Adjusting the brake
        • Design of the brake
        • Performing R/L alignment
      • Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder
        • Safety
        • Fortis: Assembling the system components (overview)
        • Attach the strain-relief device for the interconnecting hosepack
        • Connecting the interconnecting hosepack
        • Correct routing of the interconnecting hosepack
        • Connecting a MIG/MAG welding torch to the wirefeeder
        • Connecting the gas cylinder
        • Establishing a ground earth connection
        • Other activities
        • Instructions for wire threading
      • Commissioning the cooling unit
        • Installing the filter and connecting the coolant hoses
        • Filling the cooling unit
        • Commissioning the cooling unit
        • Replacing the coolant
      • Commissioning Fortis Duo
        • General
        • Components required for Duo operation
        • Safety
        • Fortis Duo: Assembling the system components (overview)
      • Locking and unlocking the welding machine
        • General
        • Locking and unlocking the welding machine by pressing a key combination
        • Locking and unlocking the welding machine using an NFC key
        • Status indicators on the NFC key reader
    • MIG/MAG welding
      • MIG/MAG operating modes and interval
        • 2-step mode
        • 4-step mode
        • Special 2-step mode
        • Special 4-step mode
        • Spot welding in 2-step mode
        • Spot welding in 4-step mode
        • Stitch welding in 2-step mode
        • Stitch welding in 4-step mode
        • Symbols and explanations
      • MIG/MAG welding
        • Switch on the welding machine
        • MIG/MAG welding – overview
        • Selecting the welding process
        • Selecting the filler metal and shielding gas
        • Setting the welding parameters
        • MIG/MAG welding parameters
        • Adjusting the quantity of shielding gas
        • MIG/MAG welding
      • The welding parameter wizard
        • General
        • Running the welding parameter wizard
      • Spot welding and stitch welding
        • Spot welding
        • Stitch welding
    • Job Mode
      • Saving and retrieving jobs
        • General
        • Saving settings as a job
        • Welding job – retrieving jobs
        • Loading a job as an EasyJob
      • Optimizing a job
        • Optimizing a job
        • Setting correction limits for a job
        • Duplicating a job
        • Deleting a job
    • TIG welding without Multiprocess
      • TIG welding without Multiprocess
        • Devices concerned
        • Preparation
        • TIG welding
        • TIG welding parameters
        • Igniting the arc
        • Finishing welding
    • TIG welding with Multiprocess
      • TIG Operating Modes
        • 2-step mode
        • 4-step mode
        • Spot welding
        • Symbols and explanations
      • TIG welding with Multiprocess
        • Preparation for Multiprocess
        • TIG welding with Multiprocess
        • TIG welding parameters with Multiprocess
      • Igniting the arc
        • General
        • Contact ignition
        • Electrode overload
        • End of welding
      • Additional TIG functions
        • TIG pulsing
        • Tacking function
    • Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
      • Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding
        • Preparation
        • Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding
        • Welding parameters for manual metal arc welding
        • Welding parameters for CEL welding
      • Additional stick electrode functions
        • Anti-stick function
        • Electrode pulsing
      • Arc Air Gouging
        • Safety
        • Preparation
        • Arc air gouging
    • Setup Menu
      • Overview
        • Accessing the Setup menu
        • Opening parameter groups, setting parameters
        • Switching menus
        • Exiting the setup menu
        • Grayed-out parameters
      • Device information
        • Retrieving system data
      • MIG/MAG
        • Start / End
        • Setup mode
        • Process Mix
        • Gas default settings
        • SynchroPulse
        • Manual
        • R/L alignment
      • TIG
        • Start / End
        • Electrode diameter, tacking
        • Pulsed
        • Gas default settings
        • R/L alignment
      • Electrode
        • Start / End
        • Characteristic
        • Anti-stick
        • Electrode pulsing
      • CEL
        • For /XT devices only
        • Start / End
        • Anti-stick
      • Components
        • Interior lighting
        • Cooling unit
        • Wirefeeder
        • Welding machine
        • Welding torch
      • Logbook
        • Viewing the logbook
      • Job pre-settings
        • Job slope
        • Job-Correction-Limit MIG/MAG
        • Job-Correction-Limit TIG
      • Monitoring
        • Arc break monitoring
        • Motor force monitoring
        • Single Phase Mode Settings
        • Documentation
      • User management
        • General
        • Explanation of terms
        • Predefined roles and users
        • Recommendation for creating roles and users
        • Creating an administrator key
        • Creating roles
        • Creating users
        • Editing roles or users
        • Deleting roles or users
        • Deactivating User Management
        • Lost administrator NFC key?
      • Display
        • Background lighting
        • Status LED
        • Mean display
        • Selecting the language
        • Setting the date and time
        • Units / Standards
      • System
        • System data
        • Restoring the website password
        • Network settings
        • Welding machine configuration
        • Restoring factory settings
    • SmartManager – the welding machine website
      • SmartManager – the welding machine website
        • General
        • Opening and logging into the SmartManager for the welding machine
        • Help functions if logging in does not work
        • Changing the password/logging out
        • Settings
        • Language selection
        • Status indicator
        • Fronius
      • Current system data
        • Current system data
      • Documentation logbook
        • Logbook
        • Basic settings
      • Job data
        • Job data
        • Job overview
        • Editing a job
        • Importing a job
        • Exporting a job
        • Exporting job(s) as ...
      • Welding machine settings
        • Process parameters
        • Designation & location
        • Parameter display
        • Date & time
        • Network settings
      • Save and restore
        • General
        • Save and restore
        • Automatic backup
      • User management
        • General
        • Users
        • User roles
        • Export & import
        • CENTRUM Server
      • Overview
        • Overview
        • Expanding all groups/collapsing all groups
        • Export component overview as ...
      • Update
        • Update
        • Finding the update file (performing an update)
        • Information on open source licensing
        • Fronius WeldConnect
      • Function packages
        • Function packages
        • Loading a function package
      • Synergic lines overview
        • Overview of characteristics
        • Show filter
      • Screenshot
        • Screenshot
    • Troubleshooting and Maintenance
      • Troubleshooting
        • General
        • Safety
        • MIG/MAG welding – Current limit
        • Troubleshooting the welding machine
        • Troubleshooting the cooling unit
      • Service, maintenance and disposal
        • General
        • Safety
        • Original spare and wear parts
        • At every start-up
        • Once a week
        • Every 2 months
        • Every 6 months
        • Every 12 months
        • Every 24 months
        • If necessary: changing the display protector
        • Cleaning the air filter
        • Cleaning the cooling unit filter
        • Purging the cooler
        • Updating the firmware
        • Safety inspection
        • Disposal
      • Saving an EasyJob
    • Appendix
      • Average consumption values during welding
        • Average wire electrode consumption during MIG/MAG welding
        • Average shielding gas consumption during MIG/MAG welding
        • Average shielding gas consumption during TIG welding
      • Technical data
        • Explanation of the term duty cycle
        • Special Voltage
        • Overview with critical raw materials, year of production of the device
        • Environmental conditions
        • Fortis 270 C /G
        • Fortis 270 C /G /nc
        • Fortis 270 C /G /XT/nc
        • Fortis 320 C /G
        • Fortis 320 C /G /nc
        • Fortis 320 C /G /XT/nc
        • Fortis 320 C /GW
        • Fortis 320 C /GW /nc
        • Fortis 320 C /GW/XT/nc
        • Fortis 400 C /GW
        • Fortis 400 C /GW /nc
        • Fortis 400 C /GW /XT /nc
        • Fortis 400 C /GW /600V /nc
        • Fortis 500 C /GW
        • Fortis 500 C /GW /nc
        • Fortis 500 C /GW /XT /nc
        • Fortis 500 C /GW /600V /nc
        • Fortis 320 /GW
        • Fortis 320 /GW /nc
        • Fortis 320 /GW /XT /nc
        • Fortis 400 /GW
        • Fortis 400 /GW/nc
        • Fortis 400 /GW /XT /nc
        • Fortis 400 /GW/600/nc
        • Fortis 500 /GW
        • Fortis 500 /GW /nc
        • Fortis 500 /GW /XT /nc
        • Fortis 500 /GW /600V /nc
        • Cooling unit option (OPT/s CU 1200)
        • Radio parameters

    Fortis 270/320/400/500 C, Fortis 320/400/500 Operating instructions

    Operating controls
    Mains connection
    Commissioning
    MIG/MAG welding
    MIG/MAG welding parameters
    Setup menu
    SmartManager
    Technical data
    Spare parts

    General information

    General

    Explanation of safety instructions

    DANGER!

    Indicates an immediate danger.

    Could result in major injury or death.

    Avoid the described danger.

    WARNING!

    Indicates a dangerous situation.

    Could result in serious injury or death.

    Avoid the dangerous situation.

    CAUTION!

    Indicates a harmful situation.

    Could result in injury and damage to property.

    Avoid the harmful situation.

    NOTE!

    Indicates the possibility of damage to property and adverse effects on work results, as well as necessary additional information, tips and tricks, recommendations, etc.

    1. General information

    General

    Explanation of safety instructions

    DANGER!

    Indicates an immediate danger.

    Could result in major injury or death.

    Avoid the described danger.

    WARNING!

    Indicates a dangerous situation.

    Could result in serious injury or death.

    Avoid the dangerous situation.

    CAUTION!

    Indicates a harmful situation.

    Could result in injury and damage to property.

    Avoid the harmful situation.

    NOTE!

    Indicates the possibility of damage to property and adverse effects on work results, as well as necessary additional information, tips and tricks, recommendations, etc.

    1. General information
    2. General

    Explanation of safety instructions

    DANGER!

    Indicates an immediate danger.

    Could result in major injury or death.

    Avoid the described danger.

    WARNING!

    Indicates a dangerous situation.

    Could result in serious injury or death.

    Avoid the dangerous situation.

    CAUTION!

    Indicates a harmful situation.

    Could result in injury and damage to property.

    Avoid the harmful situation.

    NOTE!

    Indicates the possibility of damage to property and adverse effects on work results, as well as necessary additional information, tips and tricks, recommendations, etc.

    1. General information
    2. General

    Obligations of the Operating Company

    The operating company must only allow persons to work with the device if they
    • Are familiar with the basic occupational safety and accident prevention regulations and are trained in handling the device
    • Have read and understood these Operating Instructions, especially the section "Safety Rules," and have confirmed this with their signature
    • Are trained according to the requirements for the work results

    The safety-conscious work of the personnel must be checked regularly.

    1. General information
    2. General

    Obligations of Personnel

    All persons who are assigned to work with the device must do the following before beginning the work:
    • Follow the basic regulations for occupational safety and accident prevention
    • Read these Operating Instructions, especially the section "Safety Rules," and confirm that they have understood and will follow them by signing

    Before leaving the workplace, ensure that no personal injury or property damage can occur in one's absence.

    1. General information
    2. General

    Safety symbols

    Devices with the CE label meet the requirements of all valid EU Directives, such as:
    • Directive 2014/30/EU on electromagnetic compatibility
    • Directive 2014/35/EU Low Voltage Directive
    • Directive 2014/53/EU Radio Equipment Directive
    • EN IEC 60974 Arc welding equipment
    • and others

    The full text of the EU Declaration of Conformity is available at
    https://www.fronius.com .

    Devices bearing the CSA label satisfy the requirements of the relevant standards for Canada and the USA.

    1. General information
    2. General

    Data backup

    With regard to data security, the user is responsible for:
    • backing up any changes made to the factory settings
    • saving and storing personal settings
    1. General information
    2. General

    Copyright

    Copyright of these operating instructions remains with the manufacturer.

    Text and illustrations were accurate at the time of printing, subject to change.
    We are grateful for suggestions for improvement and information on any discrepancies in the operating instructions.

    1. General information

    Utilization in accordance with "intended purpose"

    Intended use

    The device has been manufactured in line with the state of the art and according to recognized safety standards.

    The welding machine is only intended for MIG/MAG, MMA, and TIG welding in conjunction with Fronius components.

    Any other use shall be deemed to be not in accordance with the intended use.

    Intended use also means
    • Carefully reading and adhering to these operating instructions
    • Observing and obeying all safety instructions
    • Carrying out all the specified inspection and maintenance work
    1. General information
    2. Utilization in accordance with "intended purpose"

    Intended use

    The device has been manufactured in line with the state of the art and according to recognized safety standards.

    The welding machine is only intended for MIG/MAG, MMA, and TIG welding in conjunction with Fronius components.

    Any other use shall be deemed to be not in accordance with the intended use.

    Intended use also means
    • Carefully reading and adhering to these operating instructions
    • Observing and obeying all safety instructions
    • Carrying out all the specified inspection and maintenance work
    1. General information
    2. Utilization in accordance with "intended purpose"

    Foreseeable misuse

    IMPORTANT! Any use that does not comply with the intended use shall be deemed misuse.

    Impermissible misuse includes the following:
    • Using the device to thaw pipes
    • Using the device to charge batteries/rechargeable batteries
    • Using the device to start motors
    • Operation or storage of the device outside the environmental conditions specified in the technical data
    • Operation or storage of the device outside the protection class specified in the technical data
    • ...
    1. General information

    Information about the device

    Device concept

    * Cooling unit option, ** Toolbox option

    The Fortis MIG/MAG welding machine is a digitalized, microprocessor-controlled inverter welding machine.

    Depending on the variant, the welding machine is available with integrated 4-roller wire drive or with a separate wirefeeder.

    A modular and compact design and the ability to easily extend the system guarantee a high degree of flexibility.

    The welding machine can be adapted to any specific situation.

    1. General information
    2. Information about the device

    Device concept

    * Cooling unit option, ** Toolbox option

    The Fortis MIG/MAG welding machine is a digitalized, microprocessor-controlled inverter welding machine.

    Depending on the variant, the welding machine is available with integrated 4-roller wire drive or with a separate wirefeeder.

    A modular and compact design and the ability to easily extend the system guarantee a high degree of flexibility.

    The welding machine can be adapted to any specific situation.

    1. General information
    2. Information about the device

    Device overview

    Gas-cooled welding machines with integrated wire drive:
    • Fortis 270 C /G
    • Fortis 320 C /G
    Welding machines with integrated wire drive, gas-cooled or optionally water-cooled or optionally with toolbox:
    • Fortis 320 C /GW
    • Fortis 400 C /GW
    • Fortis 500 C /GW
    Welding machines with separate WF 25s wirefeeder, gas-cooled or optionally water-cooled or optionally with toolbox:
    • Fortis 320 /GW
    • Fortis 400 /GW
    • Fortis 500 /GW

    Explanation of the abbreviations:

    C
    Welding machine with integrated 4-roller wire drive
    /G
    Gas-cooled (small machine housing)
    /GW
    Gas-cooled or water-cooled (large machine housing)

    In addition to the standard version, all welding machines are also available in the following versions:

    /nc
    without mains cable
    /XT
    Extended
    (larger voltage range, lower energy consumption, single-phase usage, CEL welding) 
    /600
    Input voltage of 600 V (only for welding machines with 400 A and 500 A)
    1. General information
    2. Information about the device

    Operating principle

    The central control and regulation unit of the welding machines is coupled with a digital signal processor. The central control and regulation unit and signal processor control the entire welding process.
    During the welding process, the actual data is measured continuously and the device responds immediately to any changes. Rule algorithms ensure that the desired target state is maintained.

    This results in:
    • A precise welding process
    • Exact reproducibility of all results
    • Excellent weld properties
    1. General information
    2. Information about the device

    Application areas

    The machines are used commercially for manual applications, mainly with steel and galvanized sheets.
    However, aluminum, other metals, and alloys as well as flux core wires can also be welded.

    Common areas of application include

    • Mechanical and equipment engineering
    • Steel construction
    • Plant and container construction
    • Metal and portal construction
    • Rail vehicle construction
    • Repair and maintenance
    • Assembly in shipyards
    • Automotive suppliers
    • etc.
    1. General information

    Notes on the device

    Notes on the device

    A rating plate and different safety symbols for the specific model are attached to the device.
    The safety symbols indicate hazards during welding, which, if not observed, can lead to serious injury and damage to property.

    Rating plate and safety symbols:

    • Must be kept in a legible state
    • Must not be damaged
    • Must not be removed
    • Must not be covered, have anything stuck on them, or painted over
    *
    On all Fortis /XT and Fortis /600 V welding machines
    **
    On the inside of the machine only on Fortis C /XT welding machines and Fortis C /600 V welding machines

    Safety symbols on the rating plate:

    Welding is dangerous. The following basic requirements must be met:

    • Adequate welding qualifications
    • Appropriate protective equipment
    • Exclusion of unauthorized persons

     

     

    Do not use the functions described here until you have fully read and understood the following documents:

    • These operating instructions
    • All system component operating instructions, especially the safety rules
    1. General information
    2. Notes on the device

    Notes on the device

    A rating plate and different safety symbols for the specific model are attached to the device.
    The safety symbols indicate hazards during welding, which, if not observed, can lead to serious injury and damage to property.

    Rating plate and safety symbols:

    • Must be kept in a legible state
    • Must not be damaged
    • Must not be removed
    • Must not be covered, have anything stuck on them, or painted over
    *
    On all Fortis /XT and Fortis /600 V welding machines
    **
    On the inside of the machine only on Fortis C /XT welding machines and Fortis C /600 V welding machines

    Safety symbols on the rating plate:

    Welding is dangerous. The following basic requirements must be met:

    • Adequate welding qualifications
    • Appropriate protective equipment
    • Exclusion of unauthorized persons

     

     

    Do not use the functions described here until you have fully read and understood the following documents:

    • These operating instructions
    • All system component operating instructions, especially the safety rules
    1. General information
    2. Notes on the device

    Description of the warnings on the device

    Warning notices are attached to the device for certain device versions.

    The arrangement of the symbols may vary.

    !
    Warning! Caution!
    The symbols represent possible dangers.
    A
    Drive rollers can injure fingers.
    B
    The welding wire and drive parts are under welding voltage during operation.
    Keep hands and metal objects away!
    1.
    An electric shock can be fatal.
    1.1
    Wear dry, insulating gloves. Do not touch the wire electrode with bare hands. Do not wear wet or damaged gloves.
    1.2
    Use a base that is insulated from the floor and work area to protect against electric shock.
    1.3
    Before working on the device, switch off the device and remove the mains plug or disconnect the power supply.
    2.
    Inhalation of welding fumes can be harmful to health.
    2.1
    Keep your face away from any welding fumes.
    2.2
    Use forced-air ventilation or local extraction to remove welding fumes.
    2.3
    Remove welding fumes with a fan.
    3.
    Welding sparks can cause an explosion or fire.
    3.1
    Keep flammable materials away from the welding process. Do not perform welding near flammable materials.
    3.2
    Welding sparks can cause a fire. Have fire extinguishers ready. If necessary, have a supervisor ready who can operate the fire extinguisher.
    3.3
    Do not weld on drums or closed containers.
    4.
    Arc rays can burn the eyes and injure the skin.
    4.1
    Wear headgear and protective goggles. Use ear protection and wear a shirt collar with button. Use a welding helmet with the correct tinting. Wear suitable protective clothing over the entire body.
    5.
    Before working on the machine or welding:
    undertake training on the device and read the instructions!
    6.
    Do not remove or paint over the sticker with the warnings.
    *
    Manufacturer order number of the sticker
    1. General information
    2. Notes on the device

    Notes on the optional cooling unit

    (A)
    The cooling unit must only be operated using Cooling Liquid FCL10/20.
    Other coolants are not suitable due to their electrical conductivity and insufficient material compatibility.
    See also 'Filling the cooling unit' from page (→) onwards.
    (B)
    Draining the coolant
    See also 'Replacing the coolant' from page (→) onwards.
    (C)
    Cleaning the fin element using compressed air
    (D)
    Cleaning the cooling unit filter
    See also 'Cleaning the cooling unit filter' from page (→) onwards.
    1. General information

    System components

    General

    The welding machines can be operated with various system components and options. This makes it possible to optimize procedures and to simplify machine handling and operation, depending on the field of application for the welding machine.

    1. General information
    2. System components

    General

    The welding machines can be operated with various system components and options. This makes it possible to optimize procedures and to simplify machine handling and operation, depending on the field of application for the welding machine.

    1. General information
    2. System components

    System components

    System components
    (1)
    Fortis 270 - 320 C /G welding machine (with integrated wirefeeder)
    (2)
    Fortis 320 - 500 C /GW welding machine (with integrated wirefeeder)
    +
    optional cooling unit
    (3)
    Fortis 320 - 500 GW welding machine
    +
    optional toolbox
    (4)
    WF 25s wirefeeder

    Other system components (not shown):

    • Welding torch
    • Remote control RC Bar / RC Panel
    • Trolley and gas cylinder holders
    • Wirefeeder trolley Trabant WF /s
    • Interconnecting hosepacks
    • Grounding and electrode cable
    • TIG welding torch
    • Human /s hosepack boom
    • TIG Multi Connector Automatic Interface
    • Options
    1. General information
    2. System components

    Options

    OPT/s Duo
    Hardware extension for a C /GW welding machine in order to be able to additionally operate an external WF 25s wirefeeder (= DUO operation)

    OPT/s CU 1200
    Optional water cooling for the welding machines Fortis 320 - 500 C /GW and Fortis 320 - 500 /GW
    incl. start-up monitoring and temperature sensors

    OPT/s CU 1200 MC
    Optional water cooling for the welding machines Fortis 320 - 500 C /GW and Fortis 320 - 500 /GW, also for DUO operation
    incl. temperature sensors, coolant connections at the rear and front, bracket, and flow sensor

    The filter can also be mounted on the rear of the device.

    DUO operation:
    The Fortis 320 - 500 C /GW welding machines are also operated with a separate WF 25s wirefeeder.

    OPT/s Water Connection DUO
    Double water connections on the cooling unit (required for DUO operation)

    The filter can also be mounted on the rear of the device.

    OPT/s CU Flow Sensor
    Flow sensor for the cooling unit

    OPT/s VRD Class A
    Safety option to reduce open circuit voltage

    OPT/s Toolbox
    Removable, lockable toolbox for the gas-cooled welding machines Fortis 320 - 500 C /GW and Fortis 320 - 500 /GW

    OPT/s Ethernet
    Optional RJ45 Ethernet port to connect the welding machines to a local network

    OPT/s MP 400/500, OPT/s MP 400/500 XT /600 V
    Multiprocess
    incl. additional TIG socket, built-in gas solenoid valve, polarity reverser, and TIG Multi Connector port

    • Standard for the welding machines Fortis 270 C /G, Fortis 320 C /G, and Fortis 320 C /GW, in the standard and XT variants
    • Optional for the welding machines Fortis 400 C /GW and Fortis 500 C /GW
    • Not available for the welding machines Fortis 320 - 500 /GW

    OPT/s TMC 400/500
    Optional TIG Multi Connector port for non-Multiprocess devices

    OPT/s Current Socket Front
    Additional current socket on the front for 400 / 500 A welding machines (e.g., for arc air gouging)

    OPT/s Welding Torch Holder

    OPT/s Organizer
    Small parts storage on the top of the welding machine

    AI IO TMC /s
    Automatic Interface

    OPT/s NFC Reader /TMC
    External NFC card reader

    • To lock or unlock the control panel using an NFC key
    • To activate/deactivate user management

    OPT/s VRD Class A /IK
    VRD Class A functionality

    OPT/s MultiProcess
    For enhanced TIG and MMA functionality

    Standard for the Fortis 270 C /G and Fortis 320 C /G
    Optional for the Fortis 400 C and Fortis 500 C


    Software options

    OPT/s Pulse/Std Mix Fortis
    All MIG/MAG mix characteristics and the additional characteristic property "mix" are available on the welding machine.

    OPT/s Retro TransSteel
    All MIG/MAG standard and pulse characteristics of the TransSteel series and the additional characteristic property "Retro" are available on the welding machine.

    OPT/i WeldCube Navigator
    Software for creating digital instructions for manual welding processes, which are processed by welders.
    The welder is guided through the welding instructions by WeldCube Navigator.

    For the OPT/i WeldCube Navigator option to work properly, the OPT/s Job, OPT/s Documentation, and OPT/s NFC Reader options must be available on the welding machine.

    For Fortis C devices without multiprocess, the OPT/s TMC 400/500 option must also be available on the welding machine.
    For Fortis /GW devices, the OPT/s WF TIG Multi Connector port option must be available on the WF 25s wirefeeder or the OPT/s TMC 400/500 option must be available on the welding machine.

    OPT/s Duo
    Duo functionality (two welding lines)

    For the OPT/s Duo option to work properly, the OPT/s Duo /IK option or the OPT/s Duo CK option must be available on the welding machine.

    OPT/s Documentation
    To document the welding data

    Without OPT/s Documentation only a logbook with events is available.

    OPT/s Jobs
    With the OPT/s Jobs option, the job process is available, including Load More EasyJobs, Optimize job, Duplicate job, Job correction limits, and Delete job.

    Without OPT/s Job, only a maximum of four EasyJobs can be saved and selected.

    BLE-WIFI24 inside
    WLAN and Bluetooth functionality on the welding machine control panel (for certified countries)

    Depending on the country, the option is automatically released on the welding machine.

    OPT/i Custom NFC - ISO 14443A
    Option to use a custom frequency band for key cards

    Option OPT/s NFC Reader /TMC is required for the option OPT/i Custom NFC - ISO 14443A.

    1. General information
    2. System components

    System configurations

    (1)
    Fortis C /G
    +
    TU Move 4 Standard
    (3)
    Fortis /GW
    +
    WF 25s
    +
    TU Move 4 Pro
    (2)
    Fortis C /GW
    +
    TU Move 4 Standard
    (4)
    DUO
    Fortis C /GW
    +
    OPT/s Duo
    +
    WF 25s
    +
    TU Move 4 Pro
    +
    OPT/TU 2nd gas cylinder /s

    Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes

    Welding Packages

    General

    The welding machines have a number of different Welding Packages, welding characteristics, and welding processes so that the broadest range of materials can be effectively processed.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes

    Welding Packages

    General

    The welding machines have a number of different Welding Packages, welding characteristics, and welding processes so that the broadest range of materials can be effectively processed.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding Packages

    General

    The welding machines have a number of different Welding Packages, welding characteristics, and welding processes so that the broadest range of materials can be effectively processed.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding Packages

    Welding Packages

    The following Welding Packages (WP) are available for the welding machines:

    WP Standard Fortis
    4,066,023
    (enables MIG/MAG standard welding)

    WP Pulse Fortis
    4,066,024
    (enables MIG/MAG pulse welding)

    WP Standard/Pulse Fortis
    4,066,025
    (enables MIG/MAG standard welding and MIG/MAG pulse welding)

    IMPORTANT! On a welding machine without Welding Packages, only the following welding processes are available:

    • MIG/MAG manual welding
    • TIG welding (with gas-valve welding torch)
    • Manual metal arc welding
    • CEL welding (only with /XT devices)
    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes

    Welding characteristics

    Welding characteristics

    Depending on the welding process and shielding gas combination, various process-optimized welding characteristics are available when selecting the filler metal.
    The welding characteristics have special properties that provide information about usage.

    Special properties and use of the welding characteristics
    (described according to the following pattern):

    Property
    Process

    Description

    dynamic
    Puls, Standard

    Characteristic for deep penetration and reliable root formation at high welding speeds

    mix
    Puls

    Characteristic for the generation of a rippled weld seam.
    The heat input into the component is specifically controlled by the cyclic process change between pulse and dip transfer arc.

    PCS 
    Puls + Standard

    The characteristic changes directly from the pulsed arc to a concentrated spray arc above a certain power. The advantages of pulsed and spray arcs are combined in one characteristic.

    retro
    Pulse, Standard

    The characteristic has the same welding properties as the predecessor TransSteel (TSt) device series.

    root
    Standard

    Characteristics for root passes with powerful arc

    universal
    Puls, Standard

    The characteristic is very well suited for all common welding tasks.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding characteristics

    Welding characteristics

    Depending on the welding process and shielding gas combination, various process-optimized welding characteristics are available when selecting the filler metal.
    The welding characteristics have special properties that provide information about usage.

    Special properties and use of the welding characteristics
    (described according to the following pattern):

    Property
    Process

    Description

    dynamic
    Puls, Standard

    Characteristic for deep penetration and reliable root formation at high welding speeds

    mix
    Puls

    Characteristic for the generation of a rippled weld seam.
    The heat input into the component is specifically controlled by the cyclic process change between pulse and dip transfer arc.

    PCS 
    Puls + Standard

    The characteristic changes directly from the pulsed arc to a concentrated spray arc above a certain power. The advantages of pulsed and spray arcs are combined in one characteristic.

    retro
    Pulse, Standard

    The characteristic has the same welding properties as the predecessor TransSteel (TSt) device series.

    root
    Standard

    Characteristics for root passes with powerful arc

    universal
    Puls, Standard

    The characteristic is very well suited for all common welding tasks.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes

    Welding processes and process functions

    MIG/MAG pulse welding

    MIG/MAG pulse welding is a pulsed arc process with a controlled material transfer.
    In the base current phase, the energy input is reduced to such an extent that the arc barely burns steadily and the surface of the workpiece is preheated. In the pulsing current phase, an accurately timed current pulse guarantees a precise detachment of the weld material droplet.
    This principle guarantees low-spatter welding and precise operation throughout the entire power range.

    MIG/MAG pulse welding can be set on the control panel of the welding machine under "Pulse" in the welding processes.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    MIG/MAG pulse welding

    MIG/MAG pulse welding is a pulsed arc process with a controlled material transfer.
    In the base current phase, the energy input is reduced to such an extent that the arc barely burns steadily and the surface of the workpiece is preheated. In the pulsing current phase, an accurately timed current pulse guarantees a precise detachment of the weld material droplet.
    This principle guarantees low-spatter welding and precise operation throughout the entire power range.

    MIG/MAG pulse welding can be set on the control panel of the welding machine under "Pulse" in the welding processes.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    MIG/MAG standard welding

    MIG/MAG standard welding is a MIG/MAG welding process covering the entire power range of the welding machine with the following arc types:

    Dip transfer arc
    Droplet transfer occurs in the lower power range during the short circuit.

    Intermediate arc
    The intermediate arc alternates irregularly between short circuits and spray transfers. This results in increased spatter. It is not possible to use this arc effectively, so it is better to avoid it.

    Spray arc.
    A short circuit-free transfer of material in the high power range.

    MIG/MAG standard welding can be set on the control panel of the welding machine under "Standard" in the welding processes.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    MIG/MAG manual welding

    MIG/MAG manual welding is a MIG/MAG welding process in which the wire speed, the welding voltage, and the arc-force dynamic (a correction parameter) are set separately.

    MIG/MAG manual welding can be set on the control panel of the welding machine under "Manual" in the welding processes.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    SynchroPulse welding

    SynchroPulse is available for all process (Standard / Pulse).
    The cyclic change of the welding power between two operating points with SynchroPulse achieves a finely rippled weld appearance and a non-continuous heat input.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    Stitch welding

    With stitch welding, all welding processes can be interrupted cyclically. As such, the heat input is controlled in a targeted manner.
    The welding time, pause time and the number of interval cycles can be set individually (e.g. for producing a rippled weld seam, for tacking thin sheets or, in the case of longer pause times, for simple, automatic spot welding operation).

    Stitch welding is possible with every operating mode.
    In special 2-step mode and special 4-step mode, no interval cycles are executed during the start and end phases. The interval cycles are only executed in the main process phase.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    TIG welding

    TIG welding is a welding process in which the arc is ignited between the workpiece and a non-consumable, heat-resistant tungsten electrode. The arc fuses the base material. Depending on the application, filler metal can be fed into the weld pool in the form of rods or welding wires.
    The weld pool is surrounded by an inert shielding gas environment in order to protect the weld pool from reactions with the ambient air.

    TIG welding can be set on the control panel of the welding machine under "TIG" in the welding processes.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    Manual metal arc welding

    Manual metal arc welding is a manual welding process in which a sheathed stick electrode is melted.
    The sheath of the stick electrode melts during welding, releasing gas and slag that protect the weld pool from reactions with the ambient air.

    Manual metal arc welding can be set on the control panel of the welding machine under "MMA" in the welding processes.

    1. Welding packages, welding characteristics and welding processes
    2. Welding processes and process functions

    Gouging (Arc Air Gouging)

    In arc air gouging, an arc is ignited between a carbon electrode and the workpiece; the base material is melted and blown out with compressed air.
    The operating parameters for arc air gouging are defined in a special characteristic.

    Applications:

    • Removal of shrink holes, pores, or slag inclusions from workpieces
    • Detaching sprues or the processing of entire workpiece surfaces in foundries
    • Edge preparation for heavy plates
    • Preparation and repair of weld seams
    • Finishing of roots or defects
    • Production of air gaps

    IMPORTANT! Arc air gouging is only possible with steel materials!

    Operating controls, connections and mechanical components

    Control Panel

    General

    The parameters necessary for welding can be easily selected and changed using dials.
    The parameters are shown on the display during welding.

    NOTE!

    Because of firmware updates, certain functions may be available for your device but not described in these operating instructions or vice versa.

    In addition, individual figures may also differ slightly from the operating controls of your device. These operating controls function in exactly the same way, however.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components

    Control Panel

    General

    The parameters necessary for welding can be easily selected and changed using dials.
    The parameters are shown on the display during welding.

    NOTE!

    Because of firmware updates, certain functions may be available for your device but not described in these operating instructions or vice versa.

    In addition, individual figures may also differ slightly from the operating controls of your device. These operating controls function in exactly the same way, however.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Control Panel

    General

    The parameters necessary for welding can be easily selected and changed using dials.
    The parameters are shown on the display during welding.

    NOTE!

    Because of firmware updates, certain functions may be available for your device but not described in these operating instructions or vice versa.

    In addition, individual figures may also differ slightly from the operating controls of your device. These operating controls function in exactly the same way, however.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Control Panel

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Control Panel

    Control panel

    No.Function
    (1)
    Menu button
    To open the Setup menu
    (2)
    Information button
    For retrieving a variety of information on the operation of the welding machine
    (3)
    Display
    (4)
    Wire-threading button
    For threading the wire electrode into the torch hosepack without gas or current
    After pressing the button, an animated graphic with motor current, motor power, and conveyed wire length is displayed.
    The feeder inching speed can be changed immediately using the middle selection dial (8).
    (5)
    Gas-test button
    To set the required quantity of gas on the gas pressure regulator.
    After pressing the Gas-test button, gas flows for 30 s. Pressing it again ends the process prematurely.
    The display shows an animated graphic with the remaining gas flow duration.

    NOTE!

    Pressing the Gas-test button also causes a cooling unit to start working.

    After pressing the Gas-test button, the cooling unit will then operate for 3 minutes.

    Press the Gas-test button only when the welding torch is connected.

    (6)
    Status indicator
    Green animated ... Device starting up or restarting
    Lights up green ... Device is ready for welding
    Lights up white ... Notification
    Lights up orange ... Warning
    Lights up red ... Error
    Blue animated ... Active welding mode
    Yellow animated ... Gas test is active
    Mint animated ... Wire threading is active
    (7)
    Left-hand selection dial with rotary/push button function
    For selecting and setting correction parameters as well as filler metal and shielding gas during MIG/MAG welding
    If the left-hand selection dial is pressed for longer than 2 seconds with the correction parameter selected, an additional menu opens. The additional menu allows you to define which parameter is displayed on the welding screen.
    For details on setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen, see from page (→) onwards.
    (8)
    Middle selection dial with rotary/push button function
    For selecting and setting the main welding parameters
    If the middle selection dial is pressed for more than 2 seconds during MIG/MAG welding, the SynchroPulse and Interval process functions can be activated or deactivated.
    (9)
    Right-hand selection dial with rotary/push button function
    For selecting and setting welding processes, operating mode, jobs, the welding parameter wizard, and correction parameters
    If the right-hand selection dial is pressed for longer than 2 seconds with the correction parameter selected, an additional menu opens. The additional menu allows you to define which parameter is displayed on the welding screen.
    For details on setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen, see from page (→) onwards.
    (10)
    Multifunctional dial
    (11)
    Multifunctional dial
    (12)
    Multifunctional dial
    (13)
    Multifunctional dial
    The buttons (10) - (13) can be assigned with an EasyJob or with parameters from the Setup menu.
    More information about EasyJobs can be found from page (→) onwards
    More information about favorite parameters can be found from page (→) onwards
    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Control Panel

    Input options

    Turning the selection dial

    • Select elements on the display
    • Change values

    For some parameters, a value that has been changed by turning the selection dial is automatically applied without having to press the selection dial.

    A selected element is highlighted in white on the display between two blue lines:

    Examples of selected elements

    The shielding gas
    ArCO2
    is selected.

    The main welding parameter
    wire speed
    is selected.
    The outer circle in the setting area is displayed in blue.

    The correction parameter 'arc length correction' is selected.

    To change the values of selected elements, press the corresponding selection dial.

    Pressing the selection dial

    • Open a selected element to change its value.
      The value is changed by turning the selection dial.
    • Apply values of specific parameters.
    • Confirm or cancel queries, settings, or operations.
    Examples of value changes for selected elements

    After pressing the left-hand selection dial, the shielding gas can be changed by turning the left or middle selection dial.

    After pressing the middle selection dial, the main welding parameter of wire speed can be changed.
    The outer circle in the setting area is displayed in blue.

    After pressing the right-hand selection dial, the 4-step operating mode can be changed by turning the right or middle selection dial.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Control Panel

    Display

    The following information or parameters are displayed in the individual sections of the display.
    The displayed parameters vary according to the selected welding process.

    No.Description
    (1)
    Bluetooth status indicator (only on certified devices)
    • Symbol lights up green:
      Active connection to a Bluetooth participant
    • Symbol is gray:
      Bluetooth activated, no active connection
    WLAN status
    • Symbol lights up green:
      Active connection to a WLAN network
    • Symbol is gray:
      WLAN is activated but not connected to a WLAN network
    • Symbol is not displayed:
      WLAN is deactivated
    Cloud status
    WeldCube Air
    The symbol lights up green when there is an active connection to WeldCube Air.
    Logged-on users / locked state of the welding machine
    (2)
    Welding data
    Welding current [A], wire speed [m/min or ipm], welding voltage [V]
    Different values are displayed depending on the situation:
    • When setting the standard value
    • The actual value during welding
    • The mean value after welding
    (3)
    Errors, warnings, notes
    Single-phase power supply display (for /XT devices only)
    Time
    Date
    (4)
    Filler metal
    Wire diameter
    Shielding gas
    Characteristic property
    (5)
    Process functions and indicators
    The display is gray ... Function possible, but not activated
    The indicator lights up green ... Function is activated

     

    Current welding process line
    (in Duo operation)

    INT = wire drive of the welding machine
    EXT = separate wirefeeder

     

     

     

     

    Wire threading indicator
    lights up during wire threading if the wire threading graphic is hidden

     

     

     

     

     

    MIG/MAG:

     

    Intermediate arc indicator during standard welding

     

     

     

     

     

    TIG:

     

    On Multiprocess welding machines, the symbol for the overloaded electrode is displayed here.

     

     

     

     

    Gas-test indicator
    lights up after pressing the Gas-test button if the gas-test graphic is hidden

     

     

     

     

     

    MIG/MAG:

     

    SynchroPulse indicator

     

     

     

     

     

    TIG:

     

    During TIG welding, the symbol for TIG pulsing (pulse frequency) is displayed here:

     

     

     

     

    Interval indicator

    (6)
    Welding process
    (7)
    Operating mode
    (8)
    Easy JOB / editing JOB
    For details see Job Mode from page (→) onwards
    (9)
    Welding parameter wizard
    For details on the welding parameter wizard, see from page (→) onwards
    (10)
    Correction parameters *
    (11)
    Currently set welding parameters (standard value)
    + unit
    Setting range and symbol of the currently set welding parameter
    (setting range depends on the current characteristic)
    Symbol and value of the other synergic parameters
    Wire speed – welding current – sheet thickness
    (12)
    Correction parameters *
    *
    Depending on the welding process, the last parameter displayed on the left or right display section can be defined.
    For details see from page (→) onwards.

     

     

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Control Panel

    Setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen

    Depending on the selected welding process, an additional menu is available for displaying a parameter on the welding screen.

    1With the correction parameter selected, press the left-hand selection dial for longer than 2 seconds

    The additional menu is opened and the possible welding parameters are displayed.

    Alternative way to open the additional menu:

    Additional menu selected (blue line at the top and bottom)
    Additional menu
    1Turn the left-hand selection dial and select the additional menu directly
    2Press the left-hand selection dial

    The additional menu opens and the possible welding parameters are displayed.
    3Turn the left-hand selection dial and select the desired parameter.
    4Press the left-hand selection dial

    The welding parameter is opened for changing.
    5Turn the left-hand selection dial to change the value of the parameter.
    6Press the left-hand selection dial

    The value change is accepted.
    The parameter is now displayed on the welding screen.

    The parameter selection with the right-hand selection dial is performed in the same way.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Control Panel

    Animated graphics

    For certain parameters, animated graphics are shown on the display.
    These animated graphics change when the value of the parameter is changed.

    Example: Welding parameters for pulse correction -10 / 0 / +10
    Example: Welding parameters for arc length correction -10 / 0 / +10
    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components

    Multifunctional buttons

    General

    EasyJobs or parameters from the setup menu can be assigned to the four multifunctional buttons on the control panel.
    The EasyJobs or the setup parameters can then be easily retrieved with the press of a button.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Multifunctional buttons

    General

    EasyJobs or parameters from the setup menu can be assigned to the four multifunctional buttons on the control panel.
    The EasyJobs or the setup parameters can then be easily retrieved with the press of a button.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Multifunctional buttons

    Button assignment display

    The assignment of the multifunctional buttons is shown on the display as per the following example:

    Example of different button assignments

    Button 1:
    The button is assigned but not currently activated.
    A thin line (1) is shown on the right edge of the display at the height of the button.

    Button 2:
    The button is assigned and currently activated.
    At the right edge of the display, the left end of a button (2a) is shown at the height of the button.
    In addition, the currently active function (2b) is shown in the central display section (e.g., EasyJob 2, as shown in the figure).

    Button 3:
    Same as button 1

    Button 4:
    The button is not assigned.
    When the button is pressed, a symbolized empty button (4) is displayed along with info text.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Multifunctional buttons

    Retrieving an EasyJob

    1To retrieve a saved EasyJob, briefly press the corresponding multifunctional button (< 3 seconds)

    A symbolized EasyJob button is shown on the right edge of the display at the height of the button, and the active EasyJob is shown in the central display section.

    Example: EasyJob 2
    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Multifunctional buttons

    Assigning setup parameters to multifunctional buttons

    NOTE!

    Instead of EasyJobs, the multifunctional buttons can also be assigned with setup parameters.

    A combination of EasyJobs and setup parameters is also possible.

    Saving a setup parameter overwrites an EasyJob or setup parameter already saved under the same multifunctional button!

    1Access the Setup menu (press the Menu button)
    2Select the desired menu
    3Select the desired setup parameter
    4Press one of the multifunctional buttons for approx. 3 seconds to store the parameter

    After approx. 3 seconds, a symbolized button with a green frame, the parameter, and the Save symbol are shown on the display, e.g.:

    The parameter has been saved under the selected multifunctional button and can be retrieved using this button.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Multifunctional buttons

    Retrieving setup parameters

    1To retrieve a saved setup parameter, briefly press the corresponding multifunctional button (< 3 seconds)

    A symbolized button with the saved parameter is shown on the right edge of the display at the height of the button, and the active storage location is shown in the central display section.

    Example: Multifunctional button 3 is assigned SynchroPulse, storage location "Memory 3"

    The parameter can now be changed.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Multifunctional buttons

    Deleting EasyJobs or setup parameters from the multifunctional button

    1To delete an EasyJob or a setup parameter, press the corresponding multifunctional button for approx. 5 seconds

    After approx. 3 seconds, a symbolized button with a green frame and the Save symbol is shown on the display.
    The EasyJob or setup parameter saved under the multifunctional button is overwritten with the current settings.

    After a total of approx. 5 seconds, the symbolized button is displayed with a red frame and the Delete symbol.

    The EasyJob or setup parameter has been deleted from the storage location.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components

    Connections, Switches, and Mechanical Components

    Welding machines with integrated wire drive

    Fortis 270 C /G, Fortis 320 C /G
    Fortis 320 C /GW, Fortis 400 C /GW, Fortis 500 C /GW

    No.Function
    (1)
    TIG Multi Connector port
    included in the option Multiprocess or as a separate option OPT/s TMC 400/500
    optional for Fortis 400 C / 500 C
    for connecting TIG welding torches, remote controls, etc.
    (2)
    Welding torch connection
    for connecting the FSC welding torch
    (3)
    (-) Current socket with bayonet latch
    for connecting the return lead cable for MIG/MAG welding;
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess with integrated shielding gas connection
    (4)
    Polarity reverser
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess
    To set the welding potential for MIG/MAG welding.
    No function for TIG and manual metal arc welding.
    (5)
    (+) Current socket with bayonet latch
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess or the option front current socket
    (6)
    MIG/MAG shielding gas connection socket
    (7)
    TIG shielding gas connection socket
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess
    (8)
    RJ45 Ethernet connection
    Option
    (9)
    Power switch
    for switching the welding machine on and off
    (10)
    Mains cable with strain relief
    (11)
    Wire spool cover
    (12)
    Viewing window

    4-roller wire drive

    No.Function
    (13)
    Wire spool holder with brake
    For holding standard wire spools with a max. outer diameter of 300 mm (11.81 in.) and a max. weight of 19 kg (41.89 lbs.)
    (14)
    Swivel levers
    for holding the feed rollers
    (15)
    Protective cover of the 4-roller drive
    (16)
    Welding torch clamping lever
    (17)
    Clamping lever
    for adjusting the contact pressure

    For the welding machines Fortis 320 C /GW, Fortis 400 C /GW, and Fortis 500 C /GW, a cooling unit or a toolbox is optionally available.
    For details on the optional cooling unit, see from page (→) onwards.
    For details on the optional toolbox, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Connections, Switches, and Mechanical Components

    Welding machines with integrated wire drive

    Fortis 270 C /G, Fortis 320 C /G
    Fortis 320 C /GW, Fortis 400 C /GW, Fortis 500 C /GW

    No.Function
    (1)
    TIG Multi Connector port
    included in the option Multiprocess or as a separate option OPT/s TMC 400/500
    optional for Fortis 400 C / 500 C
    for connecting TIG welding torches, remote controls, etc.
    (2)
    Welding torch connection
    for connecting the FSC welding torch
    (3)
    (-) Current socket with bayonet latch
    for connecting the return lead cable for MIG/MAG welding;
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess with integrated shielding gas connection
    (4)
    Polarity reverser
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess
    To set the welding potential for MIG/MAG welding.
    No function for TIG and manual metal arc welding.
    (5)
    (+) Current socket with bayonet latch
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess or the option front current socket
    (6)
    MIG/MAG shielding gas connection socket
    (7)
    TIG shielding gas connection socket
    in conjunction with the option Multiprocess
    (8)
    RJ45 Ethernet connection
    Option
    (9)
    Power switch
    for switching the welding machine on and off
    (10)
    Mains cable with strain relief
    (11)
    Wire spool cover
    (12)
    Viewing window

    4-roller wire drive

    No.Function
    (13)
    Wire spool holder with brake
    For holding standard wire spools with a max. outer diameter of 300 mm (11.81 in.) and a max. weight of 19 kg (41.89 lbs.)
    (14)
    Swivel levers
    for holding the feed rollers
    (15)
    Protective cover of the 4-roller drive
    (16)
    Welding torch clamping lever
    (17)
    Clamping lever
    for adjusting the contact pressure

    For the welding machines Fortis 320 C /GW, Fortis 400 C /GW, and Fortis 500 C /GW, a cooling unit or a toolbox is optionally available.
    For details on the optional cooling unit, see from page (→) onwards.
    For details on the optional toolbox, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Connections, Switches, and Mechanical Components

    Welding machines with separate wirefeeder

    Fortis 320 /GW, Fortis 400 /GW, Fortis 500 /GW

    No.Function
    (1)
    Dummy cover
    Optional TIG Multi Connector port
    (2)
    (-) Current socket with bayonet latch
    for connecting the return lead cable for MIG/MAG welding
    (3)
    Dummy cover
    (4)
    Front current connection
    Option
    (5)
    Cooling unit
    Option
    For details on the optional cooling unit, see from page (→) onwards.
    (6)
    Dummy cover
    Ethernet RJ45 connection option
    (7)
    Power switch
    for switching the welding machine on and off
    (8)
    Mains cable with strain relief
    (9)
    Side cover
    (10)
    Wirefeeder control cable connection
    for connecting the control cable from the interconnecting hosepack for MIG/MAG welding
    (11)
    (+) Current socket with bayonet latch
    for connecting the mains cable from the interconnecting hosepack for MIG/MAG welding
    (12)
    Dummy cover
    without optional cooling unit
    or
    Coolant return connection (red)
    with optional cooling unit
    (13)
    Dummy cover
    without optional cooling unit
    or
    Coolant supply connection (blue)
    with optional cooling unit
    *
    Coolant filter not shown

    Storage compartments with open side cover

    Welding machine without cooling unit and without toolbox, side cover not shown

    For the welding machines Fortis 320 /GW, Fortis 400 /GW, and Fortis 500 /GW, a cooling unit or a toolbox is optionally available.
    For details on the optional cooling unit, see from page (→) onwards.
    For details on the optional toolbox, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Connections, Switches, and Mechanical Components

    Cooling unit option (OPT/s CU 1200)

    Fortis 320 C /GW, Fortis 400 C /GW, Fortis 500 C /GW
    Fortis 320 /GW, Fortis 400 /GW, Fortis 500 /GW

    No.Function
    (1)
    Coolant return connection (red)
    (2)
    Coolant supply connection (blue)
    The coolant connections can optionally or additionally also be attached to the rear.
    For cooling units for welding machines with a separate wirefeeder, the coolant connections are fitted on the rear of the cooling unit as standard.
    (3)
    Coolant filter
    (4)
    Coolant return connection
    with a fitted coolant filter
    (5)
    Viewing window of the coolant tank
    (6)
    Filler pipe of the coolant tank
    1. Operating controls, connections and mechanical components
    2. Connections, Switches, and Mechanical Components

    Toolbox option

    Fortis 320 C /GW, Fortis 400 C /GW, Fortis 500 C /GW
    Fortis 320 /GW, Fortis 400 /GW, Fortis 500 /GW

    The toolbox option can only be installed on gas-cooled welding machines.

    Lockable toolbox

    A standard padlock with a shackle diameter of 6-8 mm is required to lock the toolbox.

    Before installation and initial operation

    Minimum equipment for welding operations

    General

    Depending on the welding process, a minimum level of equipment is required to work with the welding system.
    The following describes the welding processes and the corresponding minimum equipment for welding operations.

    1. Before installation and initial operation

    Minimum equipment for welding operations

    General

    Depending on the welding process, a minimum level of equipment is required to work with the welding system.
    The following describes the welding processes and the corresponding minimum equipment for welding operations.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Minimum equipment for welding operations

    General

    Depending on the welding process, a minimum level of equipment is required to work with the welding system.
    The following describes the welding processes and the corresponding minimum equipment for welding operations.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Minimum equipment for welding operations

    Gas-cooled MIG/MAG welding

    For welding machines with Integrated wire drive:

    • Welding machine
    • Return lead cable
    • MIG/MAG welding torch, gas-cooled
    • Shielding gas supply
    • Wire electrode

    In addition, for welding machines with separate wirefeeder:

    • Wirefeeder
    • Interconnecting hosepack
    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Minimum equipment for welding operations

    Water-cooled MIG/MAG welding

    For welding machines with Integrated wire drive:

    • Welding machine with cooling unit
    • Return lead cable
    • MIG/MAG welding torch, water-cooled
    • Shielding gas supply
    • Wire electrode

    In addition, for welding machines with separate wirefeeder:

    • Wirefeeder
    • Interconnecting hosepack
    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Minimum equipment for welding operations

    TIG DC welding

    • Welding machine
    • Return lead cable
    • TIG gas-valve welding torch
    • Shielding gas supply
    • Filler metal, depending on application
    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Minimum equipment for welding operations

    Manual metal arc welding

    • Welding machine
    • Return lead cable
    • Electrode holder with welding power-lead
    • Stick electrodes
    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Minimum equipment for welding operations

    Arc air gouging

    • Welding machine (400 / 500 A)
    • Return lead cable 120 mm²
    • KRIS 13 arc air gouging torch
    • Compressed air supply
    1. Before installation and initial operation

    Before installation and initial operation

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Before installation and initial operation

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Before installation and initial operation

    Generator-powered operation

    The welding machine is generator-compatible.

    The maximum apparent power S1max of the welding machine must be known in order to select the correct generator output.
    The maximum apparent power S1max of the welding machine is calculated for 3-phase devices as follows:

    S1max = I1max x U1 x √3

    I1max and U1 according to the device rating plate and technical data

    The generator apparent power SGEN needed is calculated using the following rule of thumb:

    SGEN = S1max x 1.35

    A smaller generator can be used when not welding at full power.

    IMPORTANT! The generator apparent power SGEN must not be less than the maximum apparent power S1max of the welding machine!

    NOTE!

    The voltage delivered by the generator must never fall outside of the mains voltage tolerance range.

    The mains voltage tolerance is specified in the "Technical data" section.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Before installation and initial operation

    Information on system components

    The steps and activities described below include references to various system components, including:
    • Trolleys
    • Cooling units
    • Wire-feed unit holders
    • Wire-feed units
    • Interconnecting hosepacks
    • Welding torches
    • etc.

    For more detailed information about installing and connecting the system components, please refer to the appropriate operating instructions.

    1. Before installation and initial operation

    Single-phase power supply

    Single-phase power supply

    The XT variants of the welding machines can also be operated with a single-phase power supply.

    With a single-phase power supply, a corresponding message is shown on the display every time the welding machine is started up:

    Welding machine is in single-phase mode.
    Mains fuse and reaction must be checked or set.

    This message can be confirmed or disappears after a timer has expired.
    Once the message has been confirmed/disappears, the symbol for single-phase mode remains on the display.
    The symbol can change color, for example, if "warning" or "power limitation" has been set for the reaction.

    For details on the mains fuse and reaction, see from page (→) onwards.

    IMPORTANT! With a single-phase power supply, the output power of the welding machines is reduced as follows:

     

    Max. output power

     

    MIG/MAG

    TIG

    MMA

    Fortis 270 XT

    max. 240 A

    max. 240 A

    < 240 A

    Fortis 320 XT

    max. 270 A

    max. 270 A

    < 270 A

    Fortis 400 XT

    max. 320 A

    max. 320 A

    < 320 A

    Fortis 500 XT

    max. 320 A

    max. 320 A

    < 320 A

    For a single-phase power supply of the welding machine, the mains cable must be correctly connected.
    For details on connecting a single-phase mains cable, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Single-phase power supply

    Single-phase power supply

    The XT variants of the welding machines can also be operated with a single-phase power supply.

    With a single-phase power supply, a corresponding message is shown on the display every time the welding machine is started up:

    Welding machine is in single-phase mode.
    Mains fuse and reaction must be checked or set.

    This message can be confirmed or disappears after a timer has expired.
    Once the message has been confirmed/disappears, the symbol for single-phase mode remains on the display.
    The symbol can change color, for example, if "warning" or "power limitation" has been set for the reaction.

    For details on the mains fuse and reaction, see from page (→) onwards.

    IMPORTANT! With a single-phase power supply, the output power of the welding machines is reduced as follows:

     

    Max. output power

     

    MIG/MAG

    TIG

    MMA

    Fortis 270 XT

    max. 240 A

    max. 240 A

    < 240 A

    Fortis 320 XT

    max. 270 A

    max. 270 A

    < 270 A

    Fortis 400 XT

    max. 320 A

    max. 320 A

    < 320 A

    Fortis 500 XT

    max. 320 A

    max. 320 A

    < 320 A

    For a single-phase power supply of the welding machine, the mains cable must be correctly connected.
    For details on connecting a single-phase mains cable, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Before installation and initial operation

    Connecting the mains cable to the welding machine

    Specified mains cable

    In the case of /nc and /XT welding machines, no mains cable is connected when delivered.
    Before commissioning, a mains cable corresponding to the connection voltage must be installed with a minimum cross-section according to the following table.

    Welding machine

    Mains cable

    Fortis 270 C /nc

    4G2,5

    Fortis 270 C /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~


    3x AWG8 (3G6)
    4x AWG10 (4G4)

    Fortis 320 C/nc
    Fortis 320 /nc

    4G2,5

    Fortis 320 C/XT/nc
    Fortis 320 /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~



    3x AWG8 (3G6)
    4x AWG8 (4G6)

    Fortis 400 C/nc
    Fortis 400 /nc

    4G4

    Fortis 400 C/XT/nc
    Fortis 400 /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~



    3x AWG6 (3G10)
    4x AWG6 (4G10)

    Fortis 400 C/600/nc
    Fortis 400 /600/nc

    4x AWG12 (4G2,5)

    Fortis 500 C/nc
    Fortis 500 /nc

    4G6

    Fortis 500 C/XT/nc
    Fortis 500 /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~



    3x AWG6 (3G10)
    4x AWG6 (4G10)

    Fortis 500 C/600/nc
    Fortis 500 /600/nc

    4x AWG12 (4G2,5)

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Connecting the mains cable to the welding machine

    Specified mains cable

    In the case of /nc and /XT welding machines, no mains cable is connected when delivered.
    Before commissioning, a mains cable corresponding to the connection voltage must be installed with a minimum cross-section according to the following table.

    Welding machine

    Mains cable

    Fortis 270 C /nc

    4G2,5

    Fortis 270 C /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~


    3x AWG8 (3G6)
    4x AWG10 (4G4)

    Fortis 320 C/nc
    Fortis 320 /nc

    4G2,5

    Fortis 320 C/XT/nc
    Fortis 320 /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~



    3x AWG8 (3G6)
    4x AWG8 (4G6)

    Fortis 400 C/nc
    Fortis 400 /nc

    4G4

    Fortis 400 C/XT/nc
    Fortis 400 /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~



    3x AWG6 (3G10)
    4x AWG6 (4G10)

    Fortis 400 C/600/nc
    Fortis 400 /600/nc

    4x AWG12 (4G2,5)

    Fortis 500 C/nc
    Fortis 500 /nc

    4G6

    Fortis 500 C/XT/nc
    Fortis 500 /XT/nc
    1 ~
    3 ~



    3x AWG6 (3G10)
    4x AWG6 (4G10)

    Fortis 500 C/600/nc
    Fortis 500 /600/nc

    4x AWG12 (4G2,5)

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Connecting the mains cable to the welding machine

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from work that is not carried out properly.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    The work described below may only be performed by trained specialist personnel.

    Follow national standards and guidelines.

    CAUTION!

    Danger from improperly prepared mains cable.

    Short circuits and damage to property may result.

    Fit ferrules to all phase conductors and the ground conductor of the stripped mains cable.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Connecting the mains cable to the welding machine

    Connecting the mains cable to
    /nc welding machines

    IMPORTANT! The ground conductor should be approx. 20-25 mm (0.8-1 in.) longer than the phase conductors.

    1
    2
    3
    4
    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Connecting the mains cable to the welding machine

    Connecting the mains cable to
    /XT welding machines

    IMPORTANT! The ground conductor should be approx. 20-25 mm (0.8-1 in.) longer than the phase conductors.

    1
    2
    3
    4
    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Connecting the mains cable to the welding machine

    Connecting the mains cable to /XT welding machines for single-phase operation

    IMPORTANT! The ground conductor should be approx. 20-25 mm (0.8-1 in.) longer than the phase conductors.

    1
    2
    3
    4
    1. Before installation and initial operation

    Transport and setup regulations

    Transporting individual devices

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    Serious personal injuries may result.

    Do not lift or transport any active devices.

    Switch off and disconnect devices from the grid before transport or lifting.

    Close ground earth connections before transport.

    WARNING!

    Danger from falling objects.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only use suitable transportation equipment from the manufacturer to transport devices by crane.

    Attach chains or ropes to all designated attachment points on the transportation equipment.

    The chains or ropes must form the smallest angle possible from vertical.

    Observe and comply with valid national and regional guidelines for accident prevention and hazards during transport and shipment.

    CAUTION!

    Danger from damaged devices.

    This can result in personal injury and damage to property.

    After transport and before commissioning, visually inspect the device for damage.

    Have any damage repaired by trained service technicians before commissioning the device.

    NOTE!

    The carrying handle on the device is only to be used for transport by hand.

    The carrying handle is not suitable for transport by crane, counterbalanced lift truck, or other mechanical lifting tools.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Transport and setup regulations

    Transporting individual devices

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    Serious personal injuries may result.

    Do not lift or transport any active devices.

    Switch off and disconnect devices from the grid before transport or lifting.

    Close ground earth connections before transport.

    WARNING!

    Danger from falling objects.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only use suitable transportation equipment from the manufacturer to transport devices by crane.

    Attach chains or ropes to all designated attachment points on the transportation equipment.

    The chains or ropes must form the smallest angle possible from vertical.

    Observe and comply with valid national and regional guidelines for accident prevention and hazards during transport and shipment.

    CAUTION!

    Danger from damaged devices.

    This can result in personal injury and damage to property.

    After transport and before commissioning, visually inspect the device for damage.

    Have any damage repaired by trained service technicians before commissioning the device.

    NOTE!

    The carrying handle on the device is only to be used for transport by hand.

    The carrying handle is not suitable for transport by crane, counterbalanced lift truck, or other mechanical lifting tools.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Transport and setup regulations

    Transporting welding systems

    Example of a welding system with the following components:

    • Trolley
    • Cooling unit
    • Welding machine
    • Wirefeeder mount
    • Wirefeeder
    • Gas cylinder holder
    • Shielding gas cylinder
    • Welding torch

    WARNING!

    Danger from devices or components falling.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Before transporting the welding system, detach the wirefeeder and the shielding gas cylinder, and completely drain the coolant.

    Ensure that the remaining system components are securely seated on the trolley.

    Only use suitable transportation equipment from the manufacturer to transport welding systems by crane.

    Attach chains or ropes to all designated attachment points on the transportation equipment.

    The chains or ropes must form the smallest angle possible from vertical.

    Observe and comply with valid national and regional guidelines for accident prevention and hazards during transport and shipment.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Transport and setup regulations

    Checking lifting equipment

    WARNING!

    Danger from devices and components falling as a result of damaged lifting equipment.

    Could result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Regularly check all lifting equipment used for crane transport such as straps, buckles, chains, etc., for mechanical damage, corrosion, and changes due to other environmental influences.

    The inspection interval and scope of the inspection must comply with the relevant valid national standards and guidelines.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Transport and setup regulations

    Welding during crane transport

    Welding during crane transport is possible and permissible if this is stated in the intended use of the device (for intended use, see from page (→) onwards).

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Transport and setup regulations

    Setup regulations

    WARNING!

    Danger from devices or welding systems toppling over.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Set up the device securely on an even, solid surface.

    The maximum permitted tilt angle is 10°.

    Check all screw connections are tightly fastened after installation.

    WARNING!

    Danger from areas at risk of fire and explosion as well as from areas with increased electrical hazard.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Follow national and international regulations for areas at risk of fire and explosion.

    Follow national and international regulations for areas with increased electrical hazard.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to selecting an unsuitable installation location.

    May result in damage to property.

    Only set up and operate the device in accordance with the protection class shown on the rating plate.

    The ambient air must be free of dust, acids, corrosive gases or substances, or other similar substances.

    Do not set up and operate the device over 2000 m (6561 ft. 8.16 in.) above sea level.

    The device has been tested according to protection class IP23. This means:
    • Protection against solid foreign bodies larger than Ø 12.5 mm (0.49 in.)
    • Protection against spraywater at any angle up to 60° from the vertical

    The device can be set up and operated outdoors in accordance with protection class IP23. Direct moisture (e.g., from rain) must be avoided.

    1. Before installation and initial operation

    Mains connection

    Mains connection

    WARNING!

    Danger of electric shock due to insufficient mains connection.

    Could result in serious injury or death.

    Only connect the device to a grid with a ground conductor.

    Only connect the device to the grid via a plug-in system with a ground conductor contact.

    If operating the device on a grid without a ground conductor and on a socket without a ground conductor contact, observe all national regulations for protection by electrical separation.

    IMPORTANT! Ensure secure grounding of the mains connection.

    Due to local regulations and national guidelines, a residual-current circuit breaker may be required when connecting a device to the public grid. The residual-current circuit breaker recommended for the device can be found in the technical data.

    NOTE!

    Devices with a high output can influence the energy quality of the grid due to their current consumption.

    Before connecting the device to the mains, check with the grid operator whether or not the device is allowed to be connected.

    The maximum permissible grid impedance that is decisive for a mains connection is stated in the technical data.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Mains connection

    Mains connection

    WARNING!

    Danger of electric shock due to insufficient mains connection.

    Could result in serious injury or death.

    Only connect the device to a grid with a ground conductor.

    Only connect the device to the grid via a plug-in system with a ground conductor contact.

    If operating the device on a grid without a ground conductor and on a socket without a ground conductor contact, observe all national regulations for protection by electrical separation.

    IMPORTANT! Ensure secure grounding of the mains connection.

    Due to local regulations and national guidelines, a residual-current circuit breaker may be required when connecting a device to the public grid. The residual-current circuit breaker recommended for the device can be found in the technical data.

    NOTE!

    Devices with a high output can influence the energy quality of the grid due to their current consumption.

    Before connecting the device to the mains, check with the grid operator whether or not the device is allowed to be connected.

    The maximum permissible grid impedance that is decisive for a mains connection is stated in the technical data.

    1. Before installation and initial operation
    2. Mains connection

    Fortis mains connection

    • The devices are designed for the mains voltage stated on the rating plate.
    • Devices with a rated welding voltage of 3 x 600 V and XT devices operated with 3 x 600 V must be operated on three-phase grids grounded at the neutral point.
    • If the mains cable or mains plug has not been attached to your version of the appliance, these must be installed by qualified personnel according to national standards.
    • The fuse protection of the mains lead is specified in the technical data.

    CAUTION!

    An inadequately dimensioned electrical installation can lead to serious damage to property.

    The mains lead and its fuse protection should be designed to suit the existing power supply.
    The technical data on the rating plate should be followed.

    Dangers when welding

    Danger from incorrect operation or misuse

    Danger from incorrect operation and misuse

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation or misuse.

    This can result in serious personal injury - including injury to third parties, damage to property, and impaired welding results.

    All persons involved in the commissioning, operation, maintenance, and servicing of the device must be appropriately qualified and have knowledge of welding.

    Read these Operating Instructions in full and follow them carefully and precisely.

    The Operating Instructions must always be kept to hand wherever the device is being used.

    Observe generally applicable and regional regulations regarding accident prevention and environmental protection.

    1. Dangers when welding

    Danger from incorrect operation or misuse

    Danger from incorrect operation and misuse

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation or misuse.

    This can result in serious personal injury - including injury to third parties, damage to property, and impaired welding results.

    All persons involved in the commissioning, operation, maintenance, and servicing of the device must be appropriately qualified and have knowledge of welding.

    Read these Operating Instructions in full and follow them carefully and precisely.

    The Operating Instructions must always be kept to hand wherever the device is being used.

    Observe generally applicable and regional regulations regarding accident prevention and environmental protection.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from incorrect operation or misuse

    Danger from incorrect operation and misuse

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation or misuse.

    This can result in serious personal injury - including injury to third parties, damage to property, and impaired welding results.

    All persons involved in the commissioning, operation, maintenance, and servicing of the device must be appropriately qualified and have knowledge of welding.

    Read these Operating Instructions in full and follow them carefully and precisely.

    The Operating Instructions must always be kept to hand wherever the device is being used.

    Observe generally applicable and regional regulations regarding accident prevention and environmental protection.

    1. Dangers when welding

    Danger from grid current and welding current

    Danger from grid current and welding current

    WARNING!

    Danger of electric shock.

    Could result in serious injury or death.

    Do not touch voltage-carrying parts inside or outside the device.
    During MIG/MAG welding, the welding wire, the wire spool, the feed rollers, as well as all pieces of metal that are in contact with the welding wire, are live.

    Always place the wirefeeder on a sufficiently insulated base or use a suitable insulating wirefeeder mount.

    Use a dry backing bar or cover with sufficient insulation against the ground potential.
    The backing bar or cover must completely cover the entire area between the body and the ground potential.

    Only use undamaged, insulated, and adequately dimensioned cables and leads.

    Do not wrap cables or leads around your body or parts of the body.

    Never touch the welding wire, tungsten electrode, or the stick electrode when the welding machine is switched on.

    Ground the workpiece.

    Switch off unused devices.

    Before working on the device, switch off the device, remove the mains plug, and attach a clearly legible and understandable warning sign to prevent the mains plug from being connected and switched on again.

    After opening the device, ensure that all components are disconnected from the power supply – especially all electrically charged components.

    WARNING!

    Danger due to electromagnetic fields.

    This can result in damage to health and effects on the health of persons close by, e.g., those with pacemakers and hearing aids.

    Keep distances between welding power-leads and the head/torso of the welder as great as possible.

    Do not carry welding power-leads and hosepacks over your shoulder or wrap them around your body or body parts.

    Persons with pacemakers must seek advice from their doctor before standing in the immediate vicinity of the device and the welding process.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to stray welding currents.

    Overheating of components, fire, destruction of ground conductors, and damage to the device and other electrical equipment may result.

    Ensure that the workpiece clamp is securely connected to the workpiece.

    Secure the workpiece clamp as close to the spot to be welded as possible.

    Position the device with sufficient insulation against electrically conductive environments, e.g., insulation against electrically conductive floors or electrically conductive mounts.

    Ensure that the unused welding torch / electrode holder is adequately insulated when using power distribution boards, twin-head mounts, etc.

    In automated MIG/MAG applications, only guide the wire electrode from the welding wire drum, large spool, or wire spool to the wirefeeder with insulation.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from grid current and welding current

    Danger from grid current and welding current

    WARNING!

    Danger of electric shock.

    Could result in serious injury or death.

    Do not touch voltage-carrying parts inside or outside the device.
    During MIG/MAG welding, the welding wire, the wire spool, the feed rollers, as well as all pieces of metal that are in contact with the welding wire, are live.

    Always place the wirefeeder on a sufficiently insulated base or use a suitable insulating wirefeeder mount.

    Use a dry backing bar or cover with sufficient insulation against the ground potential.
    The backing bar or cover must completely cover the entire area between the body and the ground potential.

    Only use undamaged, insulated, and adequately dimensioned cables and leads.

    Do not wrap cables or leads around your body or parts of the body.

    Never touch the welding wire, tungsten electrode, or the stick electrode when the welding machine is switched on.

    Ground the workpiece.

    Switch off unused devices.

    Before working on the device, switch off the device, remove the mains plug, and attach a clearly legible and understandable warning sign to prevent the mains plug from being connected and switched on again.

    After opening the device, ensure that all components are disconnected from the power supply – especially all electrically charged components.

    WARNING!

    Danger due to electromagnetic fields.

    This can result in damage to health and effects on the health of persons close by, e.g., those with pacemakers and hearing aids.

    Keep distances between welding power-leads and the head/torso of the welder as great as possible.

    Do not carry welding power-leads and hosepacks over your shoulder or wrap them around your body or body parts.

    Persons with pacemakers must seek advice from their doctor before standing in the immediate vicinity of the device and the welding process.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to stray welding currents.

    Overheating of components, fire, destruction of ground conductors, and damage to the device and other electrical equipment may result.

    Ensure that the workpiece clamp is securely connected to the workpiece.

    Secure the workpiece clamp as close to the spot to be welded as possible.

    Position the device with sufficient insulation against electrically conductive environments, e.g., insulation against electrically conductive floors or electrically conductive mounts.

    Ensure that the unused welding torch / electrode holder is adequately insulated when using power distribution boards, twin-head mounts, etc.

    In automated MIG/MAG applications, only guide the wire electrode from the welding wire drum, large spool, or wire spool to the wirefeeder with insulation.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from grid current and welding current

    Danger due to electromagnetic emissions

    Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) describes the unwanted mutual influence of electrical/electronic devices.

    The EMC device classification is stated on the rating plate of the device or in the technical data.

    Despite compliance with the standard limit values for emissions, in certain cases electrical devices can influence each other in the intended application area.

    Interference-prone equipment that could be affected by the device includes:
    • Safety devices
    • Mains leads, signal lines, and data transfer lines
    • IT and telecommunications equipment
    • Devices for measuring and calibrating
    • Medical devices
    • etc.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to electromagnetic emissions.

    Operational disruption and malfunctions as well as resulting damage may result.

    Use suitable grid filters.

    Keep welding power-leads as short as possible, route them close together and far from other lines.

    Perform equipotential bonding.

    Ground the workpiece, e.g., using suitable capacitors.

    Shield the entire welding system.

    Shield other devices in the vicinity.

    1. Dangers when welding

    Danger from flying sparks, arc radiation, and noise

    Danger from flying sparks

    WARNING!

    Danger from flying sparks.

    Could result in fires and explosions.

    Never undertake welding near flammable materials.

    Flammable materials must be kept at least 11 meters (36 ft. 1.07 in.) from the arc or protected with a certified cover.

    Keep suitable, tested fire extinguishers on hand.

    Take appropriate measures to ensure that sparks and hot metal particles do not get into surrounding areas through small cracks and openings.

    Only undertake welding in areas at risk of fire and explosion, or on sealed tanks, drums, or pipes if these have been prepared in accordance with corresponding national and international standards.

    Do not undertake welding on containers in which gases, fuels, mineral oils, etc. are/were stored.

    Keep flammable vapors (such as solvent vapors) out of the arc radiation range.

    WARNING!

    Danger from flying sparks and flying hot metal particles.

    Could result in injury.

    Wear suitable protective clothing when dealing with the device.
    The protective clothing must be flame retardant, insulating, dry, and undamaged, must cover the whole body, and the pants must be cuffless.

    Wear rigid, wet-insulating footwear.

    Wear appropriate, electrically insulating, and heat protective gloves.

    Wear a safety helmet.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from flying sparks, arc radiation, and noise

    Danger from flying sparks

    WARNING!

    Danger from flying sparks.

    Could result in fires and explosions.

    Never undertake welding near flammable materials.

    Flammable materials must be kept at least 11 meters (36 ft. 1.07 in.) from the arc or protected with a certified cover.

    Keep suitable, tested fire extinguishers on hand.

    Take appropriate measures to ensure that sparks and hot metal particles do not get into surrounding areas through small cracks and openings.

    Only undertake welding in areas at risk of fire and explosion, or on sealed tanks, drums, or pipes if these have been prepared in accordance with corresponding national and international standards.

    Do not undertake welding on containers in which gases, fuels, mineral oils, etc. are/were stored.

    Keep flammable vapors (such as solvent vapors) out of the arc radiation range.

    WARNING!

    Danger from flying sparks and flying hot metal particles.

    Could result in injury.

    Wear suitable protective clothing when dealing with the device.
    The protective clothing must be flame retardant, insulating, dry, and undamaged, must cover the whole body, and the pants must be cuffless.

    Wear rigid, wet-insulating footwear.

    Wear appropriate, electrically insulating, and heat protective gloves.

    Wear a safety helmet.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from flying sparks, arc radiation, and noise

    Danger from arc radiation

    WARNING!

    Danger from arc radiation, UV radiation, heat, and flying sparks that pose a risk of injury to the eyes and skin

    Could result in injury.

    Use a face guard with a regulation-compliant filter insert.

    Wear regulation-compliant protective goggles with side protection behind the face guard.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from flying sparks, arc radiation, and noise

    Danger due to noise

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to increased noise exposure.

    Could result in hearing damage.

    Use hearing protection during welding.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from flying sparks, arc radiation, and noise

    Data on noise emission values

    The device produces a maximum noise level of <80 dB(A) (ref. 1pW) when idling and in the cooling phase following operation in relation to the maximum permitted operating point at standard loading in accordance with EN 60974-1.

    A workplace-specific emission value for welding (and cutting) cannot be specified because this value depends on the welding process and the environmental conditions. It is influenced by a wide range of parameters, such as the welding process itself (MIG/MAG, TIG welding), the selected current type (direct current, alternating current), the power range, the type of weld metal, the resonance properties of the workpiece, the workplace environment, and many other factors.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from flying sparks, arc radiation, and noise

    Danger from welding operation

    WARNING!

    Danger from welding operation (blinding hazard, flying sparks, harmful welding fume, noise, etc.)

    Personal injury may result.

    Keep unauthorized people away during the operation of the devices and during the welding process.

    Inform people in the vicinity about all the dangers of the welding operation.

    Provide suitable protective equipment.

    Construct suitable protective walls and curtains.

    1. Dangers when welding

    Danger from toxic gases and vapors

    Danger from toxic gases and vapors

    WARNING!

    Danger from toxic gases and vapors.

    Fumes produced during welding contain substances that cause cancer, as stated in monograph 118 from the International Agency for Research on Cancer.

    Use at-source extraction and a room extraction system.

    If possible, use a welding torch with an integrated extraction device.

    Keep your face out of the welding fume and gases produced.

    Do not breathe in fume or harmful gases.

    Ensure that there is a sufficient supply of fresh air.
    A ventilation flow rate of at least 20 m³/h (11.77 cfm) must be provided at all times.

    Use a welding helmet with air supply if there is insufficient ventilation.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from toxic gases and vapors

    Danger from toxic gases and vapors

    WARNING!

    Danger from toxic gases and vapors.

    Fumes produced during welding contain substances that cause cancer, as stated in monograph 118 from the International Agency for Research on Cancer.

    Use at-source extraction and a room extraction system.

    If possible, use a welding torch with an integrated extraction device.

    Keep your face out of the welding fume and gases produced.

    Do not breathe in fume or harmful gases.

    Ensure that there is a sufficient supply of fresh air.
    A ventilation flow rate of at least 20 m³/h (11.77 cfm) must be provided at all times.

    Use a welding helmet with air supply if there is insufficient ventilation.

    1. Dangers when welding

    Danger due to missing safety equipment and moving components

    Danger due to missing safety equipment

    WARNING!

    Danger due to missing, defective or circumvented safety equipment.

    This can result in serious personal injury - including injury to third parties, damage to property, and impaired welding results.

    Only operate the device when all safety equipment is fully functional.

    Any safety equipment that is not fully functional must be repaired by an authorized specialist before the device is switched on.

    Never bypass or disable safety equipment.

    Before switching on the device, ensure that no one can be put in danger.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger due to missing safety equipment and moving components

    Danger due to missing safety equipment

    WARNING!

    Danger due to missing, defective or circumvented safety equipment.

    This can result in serious personal injury - including injury to third parties, damage to property, and impaired welding results.

    Only operate the device when all safety equipment is fully functional.

    Any safety equipment that is not fully functional must be repaired by an authorized specialist before the device is switched on.

    Never bypass or disable safety equipment.

    Before switching on the device, ensure that no one can be put in danger.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger due to missing safety equipment and moving components

    Danger due to rotating parts

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to rotating parts such as fans, gears, rollers, shafts or wire spools.

    Personal injury may result.

    Keep hands, hair, loose clothing, and tools away from moving parts.

    Do not reach into rotating gears of the wire drive or into rotating drive parts.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger due to missing safety equipment and moving components

    Danger due to missing covers

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to missing or opened covers.

    Personal injury may result.

    Before operation, make sure that all covers and side panels are present and have been correctly fitted.

    Ensure that all covers and side panels are closed during operation.

    Only open covers and side panels for the duration of assembly and maintenance activities.

    1. Dangers when welding

    Danger from shielding gas cylinders and shielding gas supply

    Danger from shielding gas cylinders and shielding gas supply

    WARNING!

    Danger from pressurized shielding gas cylinders.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property can result from explosions.

    Protect pressurized shielding gas cylinders from high heat, mechanical impact, slag, open flames, sparks, and arcs.

    Do not weld pressurized shielding gas cylinders.

    Keep shielding gas cylinders away from welding or other circuits.

    Do not hang the welding torch on a shielding gas cylinder.

    Leave the protective cap on the valve of the shielding gas cylinder when the cylinder is not connected.

    Mount shielding gas cylinders vertically and secure them from falling in accordance with the instructions.

    Observe and follow the manufacturer's instructions and national and international provisions for shielding gas cylinders and accessories.

    Remove the shielding gas cylinder before transporting a welding system with trolley by crane.

    Observe the safety and maintenance information on the shielding gas cylinder or a central gas supply.

    WARNING!

    Danger from shielding gas escaping without notice.
    Shielding gas is colorless and odorless and, in the event of leaks, may replace the oxygen in the ambient air.

    Could result in serious injury or death due to suffocation.

    Ensure that there is a sufficient supply of fresh air.
    There must be a ventilation flow rate of at least 20 m³ per hour.

    Close the valve of the shielding gas cylinder or a central gas supply when no welding is taking place.

    Turn your face away from the outlet when a valve on a shielding gas cylinder is being opened.

    Check the shielding gas cylinder or central gas supply for uncontrolled gas leakage before each start-up.

    If an adapter is being used, use suitable Teflon tape to seal the thread of the shielding gas connection on the device side before installation.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to contaminated shielding gas.

    This can result in damage to property and impaired weld results.

    The quality of the shielding gas must meet the following specifications:
    Solid particle size < 40 μm
    Pressure condensation point < -20 °C
    max. oil content < 25mg/m³

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger from shielding gas cylinders and shielding gas supply

    Danger from shielding gas cylinders and shielding gas supply

    WARNING!

    Danger from pressurized shielding gas cylinders.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property can result from explosions.

    Protect pressurized shielding gas cylinders from high heat, mechanical impact, slag, open flames, sparks, and arcs.

    Do not weld pressurized shielding gas cylinders.

    Keep shielding gas cylinders away from welding or other circuits.

    Do not hang the welding torch on a shielding gas cylinder.

    Leave the protective cap on the valve of the shielding gas cylinder when the cylinder is not connected.

    Mount shielding gas cylinders vertically and secure them from falling in accordance with the instructions.

    Observe and follow the manufacturer's instructions and national and international provisions for shielding gas cylinders and accessories.

    Remove the shielding gas cylinder before transporting a welding system with trolley by crane.

    Observe the safety and maintenance information on the shielding gas cylinder or a central gas supply.

    WARNING!

    Danger from shielding gas escaping without notice.
    Shielding gas is colorless and odorless and, in the event of leaks, may replace the oxygen in the ambient air.

    Could result in serious injury or death due to suffocation.

    Ensure that there is a sufficient supply of fresh air.
    There must be a ventilation flow rate of at least 20 m³ per hour.

    Close the valve of the shielding gas cylinder or a central gas supply when no welding is taking place.

    Turn your face away from the outlet when a valve on a shielding gas cylinder is being opened.

    Check the shielding gas cylinder or central gas supply for uncontrolled gas leakage before each start-up.

    If an adapter is being used, use suitable Teflon tape to seal the thread of the shielding gas connection on the device side before installation.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to contaminated shielding gas.

    This can result in damage to property and impaired weld results.

    The quality of the shielding gas must meet the following specifications:
    Solid particle size < 40 μm
    Pressure condensation point < -20 °C
    max. oil content < 25mg/m³

    1. Dangers when welding

    Danger due to hot parts and slag

    Danger due to hot parts and slag

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to hot components, parts, and liquids.

    Could result in burns and injury.

    Do not touch the workpiece during and after welding.

    Allow hot components, hot parts, and hot liquids to cool before touching (e.g., the welding torch).

    If a cooling unit is being used, switch it off before disconnecting coolant hoses.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to slag flying off cooling workpieces.

    Could result in burns and injury.

    Also wear protective equipment when reworking workpieces and ensure that other persons are sufficiently protected.

    1. Dangers when welding
    2. Danger due to hot parts and slag

    Danger due to hot parts and slag

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to hot components, parts, and liquids.

    Could result in burns and injury.

    Do not touch the workpiece during and after welding.

    Allow hot components, hot parts, and hot liquids to cool before touching (e.g., the welding torch).

    If a cooling unit is being used, switch it off before disconnecting coolant hoses.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to slag flying off cooling workpieces.

    Could result in burns and injury.

    Also wear protective equipment when reworking workpieces and ensure that other persons are sufficiently protected.

    Commissioning

    Commissioning of Fortis C

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before starting work, switch off all the devices and components involved and disconnect them from the grid.

    Secure all devices and components involved so they cannot be switched back on.

    WARNING!

    Danger of electrical current due to electrically conductive dust in the device.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only operate the device if an air filter is fitted. The air filter is a very important safety device for achieving IP 23 protection.

    1. Commissioning

    Commissioning of Fortis C

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before starting work, switch off all the devices and components involved and disconnect them from the grid.

    Secure all devices and components involved so they cannot be switched back on.

    WARNING!

    Danger of electrical current due to electrically conductive dust in the device.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only operate the device if an air filter is fitted. The air filter is a very important safety device for achieving IP 23 protection.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before starting work, switch off all the devices and components involved and disconnect them from the grid.

    Secure all devices and components involved so they cannot be switched back on.

    WARNING!

    Danger of electrical current due to electrically conductive dust in the device.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only operate the device if an air filter is fitted. The air filter is a very important safety device for achieving IP 23 protection.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Fortis C: Assembling the system components (overview)

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Inserting/changing feed rollers

    In order to achieve optimum wire electrode feed, the feed rollers must be suitable for the diameter and alloy of the wire being welded.

    NOTE!

    Only use feed rollers which match the wire electrode.

    An overview of the available feed rollers and their possible uses can be found in the online spare parts catalog (O-ETK).

    Online spare parts catalog (O-ETK):
    https://spareparts.fronius.com

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to feed roller holders shooting upwards.

    This can result in personal injury.

    When unlocking the lever, keep fingers away from the area to the left and right of the lever.

    1
    2
    3
    4
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Connecting the welding torch

    1Before connecting the welding torch, check that all cables, leads, and hosepacks are undamaged and correctly insulated.
    2
    3
    4
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Connecting the gas cylinder

    WARNING!

    Danger from falling gas cylinders.

    This can result in severe personal injury and damage to property.

    Place gas cylinders on a solid, level surface so that they remain stable. Secure gas cylinders to prevent them from falling over.

    Observe the safety rules of the gas cylinder manufacturer.

    Connecting the gas hose


    1Place gas cylinder on a solid, level surface so that it remains stable
    2Secure gas cylinder against falling over, although not by the neck of the cylinder
    3Remove the protective cap from the gas cylinder
    4Briefly open the gas cylinder valve to remove any dirt
    5Inspect the seal on the gas pressure regulator
    6Screw the gas pressure regulator onto the gas cylinder and tighten it
    7Connect the gas pressure regulator to the shielding gas connection on the welding machine using a gas hose
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Establishing a ground earth connection

    NOTE!

    When establishing a ground earth connection, observe the following points:

    Failure to do so may impair welding results and pulse welding.

    Use a separate return lead cable for each welding machine

    Keep positive cables and return lead cables together as long and as close as possible

    Physically separate the welding circuits of individual welding machines

    Do not route several return lead cables in parallel;
    if parallel routing cannot be avoided, keep a minimum distance of 30 cm between the welding circuits

    Keep the return lead cables as short as possible and use cables with a large cross-section

    Do not cross over return lead cables

    Avoid ferromagnetic materials between the return lead cables and the interconnecting hosepack

    Do not reel up long return lead cables—coil effect!
    Route long return lead cables in loops

    Do not route return lead cables in iron pipes, metal cable trays, or along steel beams, avoid cable ducts;
    (routing positive cables and return lead cables together in an iron pipe does not cause any problems)

    If several return lead cables are being used, separate the grounding points on the component as far as possible and do not allow crossed current paths between the individual arcs.



    1Insert the return lead cable into the (-) current socket

    If there is a polarity reverser:
    Insert the return lead cable into the free current socket
    2Lock return lead cable
    3Connect the other end of the return lead cable to the workpiece

    CAUTION!

    Impaired welding results due to a ground earth connection being shared by several welding machines!

    If several welding machines are all welding one component, a common ground earth connection can have a significant effect on the welding results.

    Disconnect welding circuits!

    Provide a separate ground earth connection for each welding circuit!

    Do not use a common return lead cable!

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Inserting the wire spool

    CAUTION!

    Danger from springiness of spooled wire electrode.

    Could result in injury.

    When inserting the wire spool, hold the end of the wire electrode firmly to avoid injuries caused by the wire electrode springing back.

    CAUTION!

    Danger from falling wire spool.

    Could result in injury.

    Ensure that the wire spool is fitted securely to the wire spool holder.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to falling wire spool as a result of the locking ring being fitted the wrong way round.

    Could result in personal injury and functional impairments.

    Always position the locking ring as shown in the image below.

     

    1
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Installing the basket-type spool

    NOTE!

    When working with basket-type spools, only use the basket-type spool adapter supplied with the device.

    CAUTION!

    Danger from springiness of spooled wire electrode.

    Personal injury may result.

    Wear safety goggles.

    When inserting the wirespool/basket-type spool, hold the end of the wire electrode firmly to avoid injuries caused by the wire electrode springing back.

    CAUTION!

    Danger from falling basket-type spool.

    Could result in injury.

    Make sure that the basket-type spool with basket-type spool adapter is fitted securely to the wire spool holder.

    Place the basket-type spool on the adapter provided in such a way that the bars on the spool are inside the adapter guideways.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to falling basket-type spool as a result of the locking ring being fitted the wrong way round.

    Could result in personal injury and functional impairments.

    Always position the locking ring as shown in the image below.

     

    1
    2
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Connecting the polarity reverser

    NOTE!

    If the polarity reverser is incorrectly connected, it can result in poor-quality weld properties or damage to the device.

    Connect the polarity reverser according to the wire electrode used.
    Check the wire electrode packaging to determine whether the wire electrode is for (+) or (-) welding.

    1
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Feeding in the wire electrode

    CAUTION!

    Danger from springiness of spooled wire electrode.

    Personal injury may result.

    Wear safety goggles.

    When inserting the wirespool/basket-type spool, hold the end of the wire electrode firmly to avoid injuries caused by the wire electrode springing back.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to sharp end of the wire electrode.

    This can damage the welding torch.

    Deburr the end of the wire electrode well before threading in.

    Lay out the torch hosepack as straight as possible.

    1

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to emerging wire electrode.

    Personal injury may result.

    Hold the welding torch so that the tip of the welding torch points away from the face and body.

    Wear suitable protective goggles.

    Do not point the welding torch at people.

    Ensure that the wire electrode can only intentionally make contact with electrically conductive objects.

    2

    NOTE!

    The wire electrode can be threaded by pressing a wire threading button provided in the welding system or by pressing the torch trigger.

    The "Wire threading" dialog window is shown on the displays of the welding machine and wirefeeder.

    3

    Instructions for wire threading

    If contact is made with the ground during wire threading, the wire electrode is automatically stopped.

    When the torch trigger is pressed once, the wire electrode moves forwards 1 mm.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Setting the contact pressure

    NOTE!

    Set the contact pressure in such a way that the wire electrode is not deformed but nevertheless ensures proper wirefeeding.

    1

    The standard values for the contact pressure can be found on the sticker on the 4-roller drive.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Adjusting the brake

    NOTE!

    After releasing the torch trigger, the wire spool must stop unreeling.

    Adjust the brake if necessary.

    1
    2
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Design of the brake

    CAUTION!

    Danger from incorrect installation.

    Personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Do not dismantle the brake.

    Maintenance and servicing of brakes is to be carried out by trained, qualified personnel only.

    The brake is only available as a complete unit.
    The illustration of the brake is for information purposes only.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning of Fortis C

    Performing R/L alignment

    IMPORTANT! For optimum welding results, the manufacturer recommends carrying out an R/L alignment whenever the device is commissioned and whenever changes are made to the welding system.
    Further information on the R/L alignment can be found in the setup menu / MIG/MAG / R/L alignment as of page (→).

    1. Commissioning

    Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before starting work, switch off all the devices and components involved and disconnect them from the grid.

    Secure all devices and components involved so they cannot be switched back on.

    WARNING!

    Danger of electrical current due to electrically conductive dust in the device.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only operate the device if an air filter is fitted. The air filter is a very important safety device for achieving IP 23 protection.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before starting work, switch off all the devices and components involved and disconnect them from the grid.

    Secure all devices and components involved so they cannot be switched back on.

    WARNING!

    Danger of electrical current due to electrically conductive dust in the device.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only operate the device if an air filter is fitted. The air filter is a very important safety device for achieving IP 23 protection.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Fortis: Assembling the system components (overview)

    1
    2
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Attach the strain-relief device for the interconnecting hosepack

    1
    Attach the strain-relief device to the trolley
    2
    Attach the strain-relief device to the wirefeeder
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Connecting the interconnecting hosepack

    1
    Connect interconnecting hosepack to the welding machine
    2
    Connect interconnecting hosepack to the wirefeeder
    *
    only if the coolant connections are installed in the wirefeeder and only if the interconnecting hosepack is water-cooled
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Correct routing of the interconnecting hosepack

    CAUTION!

    Risk of overheating caused by an incorrectly routed interconnecting hosepack.

    The welding system components may be damaged.

    Do not form any loops when routing the interconnecting hosepack

    Do not cover the interconnecting hosepack

    Do not wind the interconnecting hosepack as you get near the gas cylinder and do not wrap it around the gas cylinder

    Correct routing of the interconnecting hosepack

    IMPORTANT!

    • The duty cycle values (ED) of the interconnecting hosepacks can only be achieved if the hosepacks are correctly routed.
    • If the routing of an interconnecting hosepack changes, carry out an R/L alignment (see page (→))!
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Connecting a MIG/MAG welding torch to the wirefeeder

    1Check that all cables, leads, and hosepacks are undamaged and correctly insulated
    2Open the wire drive cover
    3Open the clamping lever on the wire drive
    4Push the correctly equipped welding torch with the marking facing up from the front into the welding torch connection of the wirefeeder
    5For water-cooled welding torches:
    Connect the coolant supply hose to the coolant supply connection (blue)
    6Connect the coolant return hose to the coolant return connection (red)
    7Close the clamping lever on the wire drive
    8Close the wire drive cover
    9Check that all connections are secure
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Connecting the gas cylinder

    WARNING!

    Danger from falling gas cylinders.

    This can result in serious injury and damage to property.

    Place gas cylinders on a solid, level surface so that they remain stable. Secure gas cylinders to prevent them from falling over.

    Observe the safety rules of the gas cylinder manufacturer.

    1Place the gas cylinder on the base of the trolley
    2Use cylinder straps to secure the gas cylinder against falling over, although not by the neck of the cylinder
    3Remove the protective cap from the gas cylinder
    • Briefly open the gas cylinder valve to remove any dirt
    • Inspect the seal on the gas pressure regulator
    4Screw the gas pressure regulator onto the gas cylinder and tighten it
    5Connect the shielding gas hose from the interconnecting hosepack to the gas pressure regulator
    6Connect the shielding gas hose from the interconnecting hosepack to the wirefeeder
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Establishing a ground earth connection

    NOTE!

    When establishing a ground earth connection, observe the following points:

    Failure to do so may impair welding results and pulse welding.

    Use a separate return lead cable for each welding machine

    Keep positive cables and return lead cables together as long and as close as possible

    Physically separate the welding circuits of individual welding machines

    Do not route several return lead cables in parallel;
    if parallel routing cannot be avoided, keep a minimum distance of 30 cm between the welding circuits

    Keep the return lead cables as short as possible and use cables with a large cross-section

    Do not cross over return lead cables

    Avoid ferromagnetic materials between the return lead cables and the interconnecting hosepack

    Do not reel up long return lead cables - coil effect!
    Route long return lead cables in loops

    Do not route return lead cables in iron pipes, metal cable trays, or along steel beams, avoid cable ducts;
    (routing positive cables and return lead cables together in an iron pipe does not cause any problems)

    If several return lead cables are being used, separate the grounding points on the component as far as possible and do not allow crossed current paths between the individual arcs.

    1Plug the return lead cable into the (-) current socket
    2Lock return lead cable
    3Connect the other end of the return lead cable to the workpiece

    IMPORTANT! For optimum weld properties, route the return lead cable as close as possible to the interconnecting hosepack.

    CAUTION!

    Impaired welding results due to a ground earth connection being shared by several welding machines!

    If several welding machines are all welding one component, a common ground earth connection can have a significant effect on the welding results.

    Disconnect welding circuits!

    Provide a separate ground earth connection for each welding circuit!

    Do not use a common return lead cable!

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Other activities

    Carry out the following steps according to the Operating Instructions for the wirefeeder:
    1Insert feed rollers into the wirefeeder
    2Insert wirespool or basket-type spool and its adapter into the wirefeeder
    3Threading the wire electrode

    The wire electrode can be threaded by pressing a wire threading button in the welding system or by pressing the torch trigger.
    The dialog window "Wire threading" is shown on the display.
    4Set the contact pressure
    5Adjust the brake

    IMPORTANT! For optimum welding results, the manufacturer recommends carrying out an R/L alignment whenever the device is commissioned and whenever changes are made to the welding system. Further information on the R/L alignment can be found in the setup menu / MIG/MAG / R/L alignment as of page(→).

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis with external wirefeeder

    Instructions for wire threading

    If contact is made with the ground during wire threading, the wire electrode is automatically stopped.

    When the torch trigger is pressed once, the wire electrode moves forwards 1 mm.

    1. Commissioning

    Commissioning the cooling unit

    Installing the filter and connecting the coolant hoses

    The filter and mounting plate are included in the scope of supply of the optional cooling unit.

    NOTE!

    The filter must be installed before commissioning the cooling unit!

    The cooling unit must not be operated without a filter.

    1
    2
    Connect coolant hoses from the welding torch or from the interconnecting hosepack to the cooling unit of the welding machine according to their color coding
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning the cooling unit

    Installing the filter and connecting the coolant hoses

    The filter and mounting plate are included in the scope of supply of the optional cooling unit.

    NOTE!

    The filter must be installed before commissioning the cooling unit!

    The cooling unit must not be operated without a filter.

    1
    2
    Connect coolant hoses from the welding torch or from the interconnecting hosepack to the cooling unit of the welding machine according to their color coding
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning the cooling unit

    Filling the cooling unit

    When the optional cooling unit is installed in the factory, a 5 l canister containing coolant is included in the scope of supply.

    CAUTION!

    Danger from using prohibited coolant.

    This can result in damage to property.

    The cooling unit must only be operated using Cooling Liquid FCL10/20.
    Other coolants are not suitable due to their electrical conductivity and insufficient material compatibility.

    Do not mix different coolants.

    When changing the coolant, make sure all the coolant is replaced.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to coolant escaping.

    Personal injury and damage to property may result.

    If coolant ends up on the outside of the device, this should be removed immediately.

    Make sure that no coolant ends up on the inside of the cooling unit.

     

    1

    IMPORTANT! The filter insert in the filler pipe must be checked before each filling or refilling of the coolant tank to ensure that:

    • It is present
    • It is correctly positioned (flat side at the top)
    • It is not contaminated (clean if necessary)
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning the cooling unit

    Commissioning the cooling unit

    NOTE!

    Before commissioning the cooling unit, make sure that:

    There is sufficient coolant in the cooling unit

    The coolant is free of contamination

    The welding torch is connected

    The cooling unit is supplied with power and controlled via the welding machine. When the power switch on the welding machine is turned to the - l - position, the cooling unit begins to operate as follows:
    • The fan runs for approx. 5 seconds
    • The coolant pump runs for approx. 3 minutes. If welding does not start after approx. 3 minutes, the coolant pump switches off again

    In the component menu of the welding machine, the following operating modes can be set for the cooling unit:

    • auto
    • off

    For details on the cooling unit settings, see from page (→) onwards.

    After the end of welding, the pump continues to operate for 2 minutes, after which the pump switches off.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning the cooling unit

    Replacing the coolant

    Draining the coolant

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to hot coolant.

    This can result in burns or scalding.

    Allow the coolant to cool down to +25 °C / +77 °F before starting work.

    Switch off the cooling unit before disconnecting coolant hoses.

    1
    * Hose for draining the coolant

    NOTE!

    As soon as the hose for draining the coolant is plugged in at the coolant drainage point, the coolant will run out.

    Lifting the welding machine on the front side facilitates complete emptying of the cooling unit.

    Do not dispose of coolant in the sewage system.

    Coolants should be disposed of according to applicable national and local regulations.

    When changing the coolant, make sure all the coolant is replaced.

    2
    * Hose for draining the coolant – press in the ring at the coolant drainage point to unplug
    3Fill the cooling unit
    (See from page (→) onwards)
    1. Commissioning

    Commissioning Fortis Duo

    General

    In Duo operation, a welding machine with integrated wire drive is operated with an additional external wirefeeder.
    Duo operation enables the joint use of two welding process lines with one welding machine. The welding process lines can be changed using the torch trigger, on the welding machine, via the operating controls on the wirefeeder, or on a remote control.

    With Multiprocess devices, it is also possible to switch to a TIG welding process line in addition to the two MIG/MAG welding process lines.
    The TIG welding torch is connected to the welding machine; the welding process lines can also be switched over via the TIG welding torch.
    For the TIG welding process line, the polarity reverser on the welding machine must be reconnected manually.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to unused welding torches or electrodes.
    In Duo operation, the welding potential is applied to electrodes of unused welding torches or electrode holders.

    Personal injury and damage to property as a result of unexpected voltages or arcs may result.

    Only put aside unused welding torches when they are insulated against ground.

    Do not place unused welding torches on the workpiece.

    Duo operation is possible with gas and water-cooled welding systems.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis Duo

    General

    In Duo operation, a welding machine with integrated wire drive is operated with an additional external wirefeeder.
    Duo operation enables the joint use of two welding process lines with one welding machine. The welding process lines can be changed using the torch trigger, on the welding machine, via the operating controls on the wirefeeder, or on a remote control.

    With Multiprocess devices, it is also possible to switch to a TIG welding process line in addition to the two MIG/MAG welding process lines.
    The TIG welding torch is connected to the welding machine; the welding process lines can also be switched over via the TIG welding torch.
    For the TIG welding process line, the polarity reverser on the welding machine must be reconnected manually.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to unused welding torches or electrodes.
    In Duo operation, the welding potential is applied to electrodes of unused welding torches or electrode holders.

    Personal injury and damage to property as a result of unexpected voltages or arcs may result.

    Only put aside unused welding torches when they are insulated against ground.

    Do not place unused welding torches on the workpiece.

    Duo operation is possible with gas and water-cooled welding systems.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis Duo

    Components required for Duo operation

    • TU Move 4 Pro trolley
      + OPT/TU gas cylinder holder Duo
      + OPT/TU swivel pin holder
    • Fortis C /GW
      + OPT/s Duo
      + software activation Duo
      + OPT/s CU 1200 MC (for water-cooled welding systems)
    • WF 25s wirefeeder
      + OPT/s WF control unit
      + OPT/s WF water cooling (for water-cooled welding systems)
    • Interconnecting hosepack HP xx /s
    • 2 gas cylinders
    • 2 MIG/MAG welding torches
    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis Duo

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electrical current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before starting work, switch off all the devices and components involved and disconnect them from the grid.

    Secure all devices and components involved so they cannot be switched back on.

    WARNING!

    Danger of electrical current due to electrically conductive dust in the device.

    Serious personal injury and damage to property may result.

    Only operate the device if an air filter is fitted. The air filter is a very important safety device for achieving IP 23 protection.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Commissioning Fortis Duo

    Fortis Duo: Assembling the system components (overview)

    Installation sequence:
    1Mount gas cylinder holders on the trolley
    2Set up the welding machine on the trolley
    3Fit the swivel pin holder on the trolley and on the welding machine
    4Place the wirefeeder on the swivel pin holder
    5Connect the interconnecting hosepack to the welding machine and wirefeeder
    6Connect the welding torches to the welding machine and wirefeeder
    1. Commissioning

    Locking and unlocking the welding machine

    General

    The welding machine can be locked by pressing a key combination or by means of an external NFC key reader, e.g., to prevent unauthorized access or the modification of welding parameters.

    To lock and unlock the welding machine, the welding machine must be turned on.

    NFC key = NFC card or NFC key fob

    User Management on the welding machine or SmartManager offers further locking and unlocking functions as well as functions for different people logging in and out.

    For details, see

    • from page (→) onwards ... User Management on the welding machine
    • from page (→) onwards ... User Management on the SmartManager
    1. Commissioning
    2. Locking and unlocking the welding machine

    General

    The welding machine can be locked by pressing a key combination or by means of an external NFC key reader, e.g., to prevent unauthorized access or the modification of welding parameters.

    To lock and unlock the welding machine, the welding machine must be turned on.

    NFC key = NFC card or NFC key fob

    User Management on the welding machine or SmartManager offers further locking and unlocking functions as well as functions for different people logging in and out.

    For details, see

    • from page (→) onwards ... User Management on the welding machine
    • from page (→) onwards ... User Management on the SmartManager
    1. Commissioning
    2. Locking and unlocking the welding machine

    Locking and unlocking the welding machine by pressing a key combination

    1Press the Menu button and the Information button at the same time

    The key symbol appears briefly on the display.
    The key symbol is then displayed in the status bar.

    The welding machine is now locked; the role "locked" that has been predefined in User Management is activated.
    Only the welding parameters can be viewed and set.

    If a locked function is called up, a corresponding message is displayed.

    Unlocking the welding machine

    2Press the Menu button and the Information button at the same time

    The user symbol appears briefly on the display.
    The key symbol is no longer displayed in the status bar.

    All welding machine functions are available again without restriction.

    For details on the predefined role "locked", see User Management from page (→) onwards.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Locking and unlocking the welding machine

    Locking and unlocking the welding machine using an NFC key

    To lock and unlock the welding machine using an NFC key, the OPT/s NFC Reader /TMC option must be connected to the welding machine.

    Locking the welding machine

    1Hold the NFC key on the NFC key reader

    The key symbol appears briefly on the display.
    The key symbol is then displayed in the status bar.

    The welding machine is now locked; the role "locked" that has been predefined in User Management is activated.

    Only the welding parameters can be viewed and set.

    If a locked function is called up, a corresponding message is displayed.

    Unlocking the welding machine

    2Hold the NFC key on the NFC key reader

    The user symbol appears briefly on the display.
    The key symbol is no longer displayed in the status bar.

    All welding machine functions are available again without restriction.

    For details on the predefined role "locked", see User Management from page (→) onwards.

    If the OPT/s NFC Reader /TMC option is connected, User Management is also available in the welding machine Setup menu.
    For details on User Management, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Commissioning
    2. Locking and unlocking the welding machine

    Status indicators on the NFC key reader

    With the OPT/s NFC Reader /TMC option connected, the following status indicators can be displayed on the NFC key reader:

    • Green chaser light:
      The system is starting up after plugging in the NFC key reader.
    • Lights up green:
      The NFC key reader is ready.
    • The status indicator fills green from left to right:
      An NFC key is detected.
    • The status indicator fills red from left to right:
      An NFC key is not detected.

    MIG/MAG welding

    MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    2-step mode

    "2-step mode" is suitable for
    • Tacking work
    • Short weld seams
    • Automatic and robot operation
    1. MIG/MAG welding

    MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    2-step mode

    "2-step mode" is suitable for
    • Tacking work
    • Short weld seams
    • Automatic and robot operation
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    2-step mode

    "2-step mode" is suitable for
    • Tacking work
    • Short weld seams
    • Automatic and robot operation
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    4-step mode

    "4-step mode" is suitable for longer weld seams.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    Special 2-step mode

    "Special 2-step mode" is ideal for welding in higher power ranges. In special 2-step mode, the arc starts at a lower power, which makes it easier to stabilize.

    To activate special 2-step mode:

    1Select special 2-step operating mode
    2In the setup menu, set the t-S (starting current duration) and t-E (final current duration) parameters to a value > 0

    Special 2-step mode is activated.
    3In the setup menu, set the SL1/2 (slope 1 and 2) and IS (starting current) parameters
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    Special 4-step mode

    Special 4-step mode allows the starting and final current to be configured in addition to the advantages of 4-step mode.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    Spot welding in 2-step mode

    The "Spot welding" mode is suitable for welded joints on overlapped sheets.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    Spot welding in 4-step mode

    The "Spot welding" mode is suitable for welded joints on overlapped sheets.

    Start by pressing and releasing the torch trigger – GPr gas pre-flow – welding current phase over the SPt spot welding time duration – GPo gas post-flow.

    If the torch trigger is pressed again before the end of the spot welding time (< SPt), the process is canceled immediately.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    Stitch welding in 2-step mode

    2-step stitch welding

    The 2-step stitch welding operating mode is suitable for welding short weld seams on thin sheets, to prevent the weld seams from dropping through the base material.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    Stitch welding in 4-step mode

    4-step stitch welding

    The 4-step stitch welding operating mode is suitable for welding longer weld seams on thin sheets, to prevent the weld seams from dropping through the base material.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG operating modes and interval

    Symbols and explanations

    Press the torch trigger | Hold the torch trigger | Release the torch trigger

    GPr
    Gas pre-flow time

    IS
    Starting-current phase: rapid heating of the base material despite high heat dissipation at the start of welding

    tS
    Starting current duration

    SL1
    Slope 1: continuous reduction of the starting current to the welding current

    I
    Welding current phase: even heat input into the base material whose temperature is raised by the advancing heat

    IE
    Final current phase:

    • To fill in the end-crater
    • To avoid local overheating of the base material caused by heat accumulation at the end of welding. This prevents possible sagging of the weld.

    tE
    Final current duration

    SL2
    Slope 2: continuous reduction of the welding current to the final current

    GPo
    Gas post-flow

    SPt
    Spot welding time

    Iwt
    Stitch welding time

    Ibt
    Stitch pause time

    1. MIG/MAG welding

    MIG/MAG welding

    Switch on the welding machine

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    1Plug in the mains cable
    2Set the power switch to - I -

    A cooling unit in the welding system starts to work.

    IMPORTANT! For optimum welding results, the manufacturer recommends carrying out an R/L alignment whenever the device is commissioned and whenever changes are made to the welding system.
    Further information on the R/L alignment can be found in the setup menu / MIG/MAG / R/L alignment as of page (→).

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    Switch on the welding machine

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    1Plug in the mains cable
    2Set the power switch to - I -

    A cooling unit in the welding system starts to work.

    IMPORTANT! For optimum welding results, the manufacturer recommends carrying out an R/L alignment whenever the device is commissioned and whenever changes are made to the welding system.
    Further information on the R/L alignment can be found in the setup menu / MIG/MAG / R/L alignment as of page (→).

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    MIG/MAG welding – overview

    Control panel with welding screen for MIG/MAG

    Left-hand selection dial

    Middle selection dial

    Right-hand selection dial

    Filler metal

    Wire speed 1) 4)

    Welding current 1)

    Sheet thickness 1)

    Welding process

    • Pulse
    • Standard
    • Manual
    • Electrode
    • TIG
    • CEL 7)

    Wire electrode diameter

    Operating mode 5)

    Shielding gas

    Easy JOB

    Characteristic property

    Wizard

    Pulse correction 2) 6)
    or
    dynamic correction 3) 6)
    or
    dynamic 4) 6)

     

    Arc length correction 2) 3) 6)
    or
    welding voltage 4) 6)

    1)
    If one of these parameters is changed for the Pulse and Standard welding processes, the remaining parameters are also adjusted.
    2)
    For Pulse welding process
    3)
    For Standard welding process
    4)
    For Manual welding process
    5)
    Depends on the welding process
    6)
    The parameters displayed on the welding screen can be set depending on the selected welding process.
    For details, see from page (→) onwards.
    7)
    Only for /XT devices
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    Selecting the welding process

    1Turn the right-hand dial and select the welding process
    2Press the right-hand dial

    The available welding processes are displayed in the central display section.
    3Turn the right or middle dial and select the desired MIG/MAG welding process:
    pulsed, standard or manual
    4Press the right or middle dial

    The selected welding process is applied and the available welding parameters are displayed.
    5Select filler metal (see as of page (→))
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    Selecting the filler metal and shielding gas

    1Turn the left-hand dial and select the desired filler metal
    2Press the left-hand dial

    The available filler metals are displayed in the central display section.
    3Turn the left or middle dial and select the desired filler metal
    4Press the left or middle dial to confirm the selection
    5Turn the left-hand dial and select the wire electrode diameter
    6Press the left-hand dial

    The available wire electrode diameters are displayed in the central display section.
    7Turn the left or middle dial and select the desired wire electrode diameter
    8Press the left or middle dial to confirm the selection
    9Turn the left-hand dial and select the desired shielding gas
    10Press the left-hand dial

    The available shielding gases are displayed in the central display section.
    11Turn the left or middle dial and select the desired shielding gas
    12Press the left or middle dial to confirm the selection
    13Turn the left-hand dial and select the characteristic property
    14Press the left-hand dial

    The available characteristic properties are displayed in the central display section.
    15Turn the left or middle dial and select the desired characteristic property
    16Press the left or middle dial to confirm the selection
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    Setting the welding parameters

    1Turn the middle dial and select the desired welding parameter.

    For details on selected and adjustable parameters, see page (→).
    2Press the middle dial

    The value of the welding parameter can now be changed.
    3Turn the middle dial and change the value of the welding parameter

    A corresponding graphic is displayed with the value change.

    If one of the welding parameters is changed in the pulsed and standard welding processes, the remaining parameters are also adjusted.

    4If necessary:
    Turn the left-hand dial and select the pulse or dynamic correction
    5Press the left-hand dial to adjust the value of the pulse or dynamic correction.
    6Press the left-hand dial to apply the value
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    MIG/MAG welding parameters

    Welding parameters for Pulse and Standard

    Wire speed * 

    1.0-25 m/min / 39.4-984.3 ipm (depending on characteristic)

    Current [A] * 

    Setting range: depends on the selected welding process and welding program

    Before welding begins, the device automatically displays a standard value based on the programmed parameters. The actual value is displayed during welding.

    Sheet thickness [mm/inch] * 

    Setting range: depends on the selected welding process and welding program

    Pulse correction
    For correcting the pulse energy in pulsed welding

    Pulse correction is set using the left-hand dial.

    -10-+10
    Factory setting: 0

    - ... lower droplet detachment force
    0 ... neutral droplet detachment force
    + ... increased droplet detachment force

    Dynamic correction
    For setting the short circuit current and the current to short circuit breakup during standard welding

    The dynamic correction is set using the left-hand dial.

    -10-+10
    Factory setting: 0

    -10
    harder arc (higher current in case of short circuit breakup, increased welding spatter)
    +10
    softer arc (lower current in case of short circuit breakup, reduced welding spatter formation)

    Arc length correction
    For correcting the arc length

    The arc length correction is set using the right-hand dial.

    -10-+10
    Factory setting: 0

    - ... shorter arc length
    0 ... neutral arc length
    + ... longer arc length

     

    *
    If one of these three parameters is changed, the remaining parameters are also adjusted.

    The following parameters can be set for Pulse and Standard for display on the welding screen:

    • For the left-hand selection dial: pulse/dynamic correction, gas pre-flow, stitch welding time, frequency
    • For the right-hand dial: arc length correction, gas post-flow, stitch pause time, stitch cycles, delta wire feed, duty cycle (high)

    For details on setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen, see from page (→) onwards.

    Welding parameters for Manual

    Wire speed 
    For setting a harder and more stable arc

    1.0-25 m/min / 39.4-984.3 ipm

    Arc-force dynamic
    For influencing the short-circuiting dynamic at the instant of droplet transfer

    The arc-force dynamic is set using the left-hand dial.

    0-10
    Factory setting: 1.5

    0 ... harder and more stable arc
    10 ... softer and low-spatter arc

    Voltage [V]

    The voltage is set using the right-hand dial.

    Setting range: depends on the selected welding process and welding program

    Before welding begins, the device automatically displays a standard value based on the programmed parameters. The actual value is displayed during welding.

    The following parameters can be set for Manual for display on the welding screen:

    • For the left-hand selection dial: arc-force dynamic, gas pre-flow, stitch welding time
    • For the right-hand dial: welding voltage, ignition current (manual), wire retraction (manual), gas post-flow, stitch pause time, stitch cycles

    For details on setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen, see from page (→) onwards.

    For details on the setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    Adjusting the quantity of shielding gas

    1Open the gas cylinder valve
    2Press the Gas-test button

    Gas flows out.
    The "Gas purging" dialog box appears on the display, indicating the remaining gas purging duration.
    3Turn the adjusting screw on the bottom of the gas pressure regulator until the manometer displays the desired quantity of shielding gas
    4Press the Gas-test button

    The gas flow stops.
    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. MIG/MAG welding

    MIG/MAG welding

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to emerging wire electrode.

    Personal injury may result.

    Hold the welding torch so that the tip of the welding torch points away from the face and body.

    Wear suitable protective goggles.

    Do not point the welding torch at people.

    Ensure that the wire electrode can only intentionally make contact with electrically conductive objects.

    1If necessary, set process parameters or other setup parameters for user- or application-specific settings on the welding system
    For process parameters and setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.
    2Press the torch trigger and start welding

    At the end of each welding operation, the welding data is stored as an average value and shown on the display.

    NOTE!

    Under certain circumstances, it may not be possible to change welding parameters that have been set on the control panel of a system component – such as wirefeeder or remote control – on the control panel of the welding machine.

    1. MIG/MAG welding

    The welding parameter wizard

    General

    The welding parameter wizard supports the welder in selecting the welding parameters. The parameter recommendation can be accepted or saved as a job.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. The welding parameter wizard

    General

    The welding parameter wizard supports the welder in selecting the welding parameters. The parameter recommendation can be accepted or saved as a job.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. The welding parameter wizard

    Running the welding parameter wizard

    1Select the filler metal and shielding gas
    see page (→)
    2Select the Pulse or Standard welding process
    see page (→)
    3Turn the right-hand selection dial and select "Wizard"
    4Press the right-hand selection dial

    The welding parameter wizard is started.
    5Select the appropriate weld shape by turning and pressing the middle selection dial.
    6Press the right-hand selection dial (Next)

    The welding positions are displayed.
    7Select the appropriate welding position by turning and pressing the middle selection dial.
    8Press the right-hand selection dial (Next)

    The weld geometry is displayed.
    9Select and set the geometry parameters sheet thickness, a-dimension, and air gap by turning and pressing the middle selection dial
    10Press the right-hand selection dial (Next)

    The recommended welding parameters are displayed:
    on page 1
    • Welding speed [cm/min]
      The welding speed is also animated.
    • Welding process - Characteristic property - Number of weld layers
    • Welding current [A] - Welding voltage [V] - Wire speed [m/min]
      Parameters can be changed by turning the middle selection dial. When the parameters are changed, the welding speed and the displayed welding power value also change.
    • Welding power [kW] - Gas flow volume [l/min] - a-dimension [mm]
    on page 2
    • Graphical overview of the weld layers
    • Welding current, welding voltage, and wire speed for the weld layers
    • Tilt angle
    • Stick out
    11Press the right-hand selection dial (Next)

    The proposed welding parameters are adopted, the MIG/MAG welding screen is displayed.
    The wizard is displayed in the middle of the display.

    The welding parameters can now be welded or saved as an EasyJob.

    1. MIG/MAG welding

    Spot welding and stitch welding

    Spot welding

    Spot welding is used on welded joints on overlapping sheets that are only accessible on one side.

    1Use the right-hand selection dial to select the desired welding process:
    Pulse, Standard, or Manual
    2Use the right-hand selection dial to select the spot welding mode
    3Open the Setup menu and select MIG/MAG
    4Under Setup mode, select an operating mode for spot welding:
    2-step or 4-step

    4-step (factory setting):
    The spot welding process starts when the torch trigger is pressed and ends at the latest when the spot welding time has elapsed.
    Pressing the torch trigger again stops the spot welding process before the spot welding time has elapsed.

    2-step:
    The spot welding process runs while the torch trigger remains pressed and ends at the latest after the spot welding time has elapsed.
    Releasing the torch trigger stops the spot welding process before the spot welding time has elapsed.

    NOTE!

    Stitch welding must be switched off for spot welding.

    Setup menu - MIG/MAG - Mode Setup - Interval = off

    5Enter the desired value for the spot welding time
    6Press the Menu button and exit the Setup menu

    NOTE!

    Once spot welding mode has been selected, the spot welding time parameter is available in the left-hand additional menu.

    The spot welding time can also be set in the additional menu.

    For details on the additional menu, see from page (→) onwards.

    7Select filler metal, wire diameter, and shielding gas
    8Open the gas cylinder valve
    9Adjust the shielding gas volume

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to emerging wire electrode.

    Personal injury may result.

    Hold the welding torch so that the tip of the welding torch points away from the face and body.

    Wear suitable protective goggles.

    Do not point the welding torch at people.

    Ensure that the wire electrode can only intentionally make contact with electrically conductive objects.

    10Spot welding

    Procedure for creating a welding spot:

    1Keep the welding torch vertical
    2Press and release the torch trigger
    3Maintain the position of the welding torch
    4Wait for the gas post-flow time
    5Raise the welding torch

    NOTE!

    The selected weld start and weld end parameters are also active when spot welding.

    The start/end of welding treatment for spot welding can thus be stored in the Setup menu under MIG/MAG / Start/End.

    If final current time is active, the end of welding is not after the set spot welding time, but only after the set slope and final current times have elapsed.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. Spot welding and stitch welding

    Spot welding

    Spot welding is used on welded joints on overlapping sheets that are only accessible on one side.

    1Use the right-hand selection dial to select the desired welding process:
    Pulse, Standard, or Manual
    2Use the right-hand selection dial to select the spot welding mode
    3Open the Setup menu and select MIG/MAG
    4Under Setup mode, select an operating mode for spot welding:
    2-step or 4-step

    4-step (factory setting):
    The spot welding process starts when the torch trigger is pressed and ends at the latest when the spot welding time has elapsed.
    Pressing the torch trigger again stops the spot welding process before the spot welding time has elapsed.

    2-step:
    The spot welding process runs while the torch trigger remains pressed and ends at the latest after the spot welding time has elapsed.
    Releasing the torch trigger stops the spot welding process before the spot welding time has elapsed.

    NOTE!

    Stitch welding must be switched off for spot welding.

    Setup menu - MIG/MAG - Mode Setup - Interval = off

    5Enter the desired value for the spot welding time
    6Press the Menu button and exit the Setup menu

    NOTE!

    Once spot welding mode has been selected, the spot welding time parameter is available in the left-hand additional menu.

    The spot welding time can also be set in the additional menu.

    For details on the additional menu, see from page (→) onwards.

    7Select filler metal, wire diameter, and shielding gas
    8Open the gas cylinder valve
    9Adjust the shielding gas volume

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to emerging wire electrode.

    Personal injury may result.

    Hold the welding torch so that the tip of the welding torch points away from the face and body.

    Wear suitable protective goggles.

    Do not point the welding torch at people.

    Ensure that the wire electrode can only intentionally make contact with electrically conductive objects.

    10Spot welding

    Procedure for creating a welding spot:

    1Keep the welding torch vertical
    2Press and release the torch trigger
    3Maintain the position of the welding torch
    4Wait for the gas post-flow time
    5Raise the welding torch

    NOTE!

    The selected weld start and weld end parameters are also active when spot welding.

    The start/end of welding treatment for spot welding can thus be stored in the Setup menu under MIG/MAG / Start/End.

    If final current time is active, the end of welding is not after the set spot welding time, but only after the set slope and final current times have elapsed.

    1. MIG/MAG welding
    2. Spot welding and stitch welding

    Stitch welding

    1Use the right-hand selection dial to select the desired welding process:
    Pulse, Standard, or Manual
    2Use the right-hand selection dial to select the operating mode for stitch welding
    3Open the Setup menu and select MIG/MAG
    4Under the Setup operating mode, set the stitch parameter to "on"
    5Enter the desired value for the stitch cycles
    6Enter the desired value for the stitch welding time
    7Enter the desired value for the stitch pause time

    NOTE!

    Alternative way to activate stitch welding:

    Press the middle selection dial for more than two seconds
    The function menu opens.

    Select and activate stitch welding
    Once stitch welding has been activated, the stitch welding time parameter is available in the left-hand additional menu and the stitch pause time and stitch cycles parameters are available in the right-hand additional menu.

    8Press the Menu button and exit the Setup menu
    9Select filler metal, wire diameter, and shielding gas
    10Open the gas cylinder valve
    11Adjust the shielding gas volume

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to emerging wire electrode.

    Personal injury may result.

    Hold the welding torch so that the tip of the welding torch points away from the face and body.

    Wear suitable protective goggles.

    Do not point the welding torch at people.

    Ensure that the wire electrode can only intentionally make contact with electrically conductive objects.

    12Stitch welding

    Procedure for stitch welding:

    1Keep the welding torch vertical
    2Depending on the set operating mode:
    Press and hold the torch trigger (2-step mode)
    Press and release the torch trigger (4-step mode)
    3Maintain the position of the welding torch
    4Wait for the welding interval
    5Position the welding torch at the next point
    6To stop stitch welding, depending on the set operating mode:
    Release the torch trigger (2-step mode)
    Press and release the torch trigger (4-step mode)
    7Wait for the gas post-flow time
    8Raise the welding torch

    Job Mode

    Saving and retrieving jobs

    General

    If the OPT/s Job option is available, up to 1000 jobs can be stored and reproduced on the welding machine.

    Jobs can only be saved when you are not welding. In addition to the current welding settings, the process parameters and certain machine defaults are also taken into account when saving jobs.

    1. Job Mode

    Saving and retrieving jobs

    General

    If the OPT/s Job option is available, up to 1000 jobs can be stored and reproduced on the welding machine.

    Jobs can only be saved when you are not welding. In addition to the current welding settings, the process parameters and certain machine defaults are also taken into account when saving jobs.

    1. Job Mode
    2. Saving and retrieving jobs

    General

    If the OPT/s Job option is available, up to 1000 jobs can be stored and reproduced on the welding machine.

    Jobs can only be saved when you are not welding. In addition to the current welding settings, the process parameters and certain machine defaults are also taken into account when saving jobs.

    1. Job Mode
    2. Saving and retrieving jobs

    Saving settings as a job

    1Set the parameters to be saved as a job:
    • Welding process
    • Material, wire diameter, shielding gas, characteristic property
    • Welding parameters, correction parameters
    • Setup parameters
    2Turn the right-hand selection dial and select Easy JOB
    3Press the right-hand selection dial

    The list of jobs is displayed.
    4Turn a selection dial and select a corresponding storage space

    Existing job selected:
    "Overwrite job" is displayed above the middle selection dial.

    Free storage space selected:
    "Save job" is displayed above the middle selection dial.
    5Press the middle selection dial

    A confirmation prompt is displayed when overwriting a job.
    Press the right-hand selection dial to confirm - the text input* is displayed.

    When saving the job, the text input* is displayed.
    6Enter the desired job name in the text input* by turning and pressing the middle selection dial (max. 30 characters)
    7Press the right-hand selection dial (Save)

    The welding screen is displayed.
    The job name is displayed in the middle of the display.
    *
    Explanation of text input on page (→), step 2
    1. Job Mode
    2. Saving and retrieving jobs

    Welding job – retrieving jobs

    NOTE!

    Before retrieving a job, ensure that the welding system is set up and installed according to the job in question.

    1Turn the right-hand selection dial and select the welding process
    2Press the right-hand selection dial

    The available welding processes are displayed in the central display section.
    3Turn the right-hand or middle selection dial and select "Job Mode":
    4Press the right-hand or middle selection dial

    Job Mode is activated and the data for the last job retrieved are displayed.
    5Turn the middle selection dial and select the desired job
    6Press the selection dial and accept the selected job
    7Initiate welding process

    IMPORTANT! In Job Mode, only the "JOB" welding parameter can be changed; the remaining welding parameters can only be viewed or changed as part of the job correction limits.

    1. Job Mode
    2. Saving and retrieving jobs

    Loading a job as an EasyJob

    Use the Load EasyJob function to load the data for a stored job or EasyJob onto the welding screen. The corresponding welding parameters are displayed and can be welded, modified, or saved as a new job or EasyJob.

    1Turn the right-hand selection dial and select Easy JOB
    2Press the right-hand selection dial

    The list of jobs is displayed.
    3Turn a selection dial and select the job to be loaded as an EasyJob
    4Press the right-hand selection dial (Load EasyJob)

    The welding screen is displayed.
    The job name is displayed in the middle of the display.

    The data for the loaded job can now be welded (no job mode), modified, or saved as a new job or EasyJob.
    1. Job Mode

    Optimizing a job

    Optimizing a job

    1Activate Job Mode
    (see page (→), steps 1 - 4)
    2Turn the right-hand selection dial and select "Edit JOB"
    3Turn the right-hand or middle selection dial and select "Optimize"
    4Press the right-hand or middle selection dial

    The list of jobs is displayed.
    5Turn a selection dial and select the job to be optimized
    6Press the middle selection dial

    The job parameters are displayed.
    • Job Name
    • Working parameters
    • Welding process parameters
    • Stitch settings
    • Special 2-step/4-step parameters
    • Wire retraction
    • Spot welding
    • SynchroPulse
    • Gas default settings
    • Components
    • Job slope
    • Documentation
    7Turn the middle selection dial:
    Select parameter group / parameter

    Press the middle selection dial:
    Edit parameter group / parameter

    Turn the middle selection dial:
    Change the value of a parameter

    Press the middle selection dial:
    Accept value change
    8Then press the right-hand selection dial (OK)
    1. Job Mode
    2. Optimizing a job

    Optimizing a job

    1Activate Job Mode
    (see page (→), steps 1 - 4)
    2Turn the right-hand selection dial and select "Edit JOB"
    3Turn the right-hand or middle selection dial and select "Optimize"
    4Press the right-hand or middle selection dial

    The list of jobs is displayed.
    5Turn a selection dial and select the job to be optimized
    6Press the middle selection dial

    The job parameters are displayed.
    • Job Name
    • Working parameters
    • Welding process parameters
    • Stitch settings
    • Special 2-step/4-step parameters
    • Wire retraction
    • Spot welding
    • SynchroPulse
    • Gas default settings
    • Components
    • Job slope
    • Documentation
    7Turn the middle selection dial:
    Select parameter group / parameter

    Press the middle selection dial:
    Edit parameter group / parameter

    Turn the middle selection dial:
    Change the value of a parameter

    Press the middle selection dial:
    Accept value change
    8Then press the right-hand selection dial (OK)
    1. Job Mode
    2. Optimizing a job

    Setting correction limits for a job

    For each job, individual correction limits can be set for welding power and arc length.
    If correction limits are set for a job, the welding power and arc length of the job can be corrected within the specified limits.

    1Activate Job Mode
    (see page (→), steps 1 - 4)
    2Turn the right-hand selection dial and select "Edit JOB"
    3Turn the right-hand or middle selection dial and select "Correction limits"
    4Press the right-hand or middle selection dial

    The list of jobs is displayed.
    5Turn a selection dial and select the job for which the correction limits are to be set.
    6Press the middle selection dial

    The correction limit parameters are displayed.
    • Welding power
    • Arc length correction
    7Turn the middle selection dial:
    Select parameter group / parameter

    Press the middle selection dial:
    Edit parameter group / parameter

    Turn the middle selection dial:
    Change the value of a parameter

    Press the middle selection dial:
    Accept value change
    8Then press the right-hand selection dial (OK)
    1. Job Mode
    2. Optimizing a job

    Duplicating a job

    1Activate Job Mode
    (see page (→), steps 1 - 4)
    2Turn the right-hand selection dial and select "Edit JOB"
    3Turn the right-hand or middle selection dial and select "Duplicate"
    4Press the right-hand or middle selection dial

    The list of jobs is displayed.
    5Turn a selection dial and select the job to be duplicated
    6Press the middle selection dial

    The selected job is displayed individually.
    7Turn a selection dial and select the desired storage location for the duplicate
    8Press the middle selection dial
    The text input* is displayed.
    9Enter the desired job name in the text input* by turning and pressing the middle selection dial (max. 30 characters)
    10Press the right-hand selection dial (Save)

    The welding screen is displayed.
    The job name is displayed in the middle of the display.
    *
    Explanation of text input on page (→), step 2
    1. Job Mode
    2. Optimizing a job

    Deleting a job

    1Activate Job Mode
    (see page (→), steps 1 - 4)
    2Turn the right-hand selection dial and select "Edit JOB"
    3Turn the right-hand or middle selection dial and select "Delete"
    4Press the right-hand or middle selection dial

    The list of jobs is displayed.
    5Turn a selection dial and select the job to be deleted
    6Press the right-hand selection dial (Delete)

    A confirmation prompt is displayed.
    7Press the right-hand selection dial (Delete)

    The job is deleted, the welding screen is displayed.

    TIG welding without Multiprocess

    TIG welding without Multiprocess

    Devices concerned

    The following devices offer TIG welding without multiprocess:
    Fortis 400 C /GW*
    Fortis 500 C /GW*
    Fortis 320 /GW
    Fortis 400 /GW
    Fortis 500 /GW

    *
    The Fortis 400 C /GW and Fortis 500 C /GW devices are delivered as standard without the multiprocess function.
    1. TIG welding without Multiprocess

    TIG welding without Multiprocess

    Devices concerned

    The following devices offer TIG welding without multiprocess:
    Fortis 400 C /GW*
    Fortis 500 C /GW*
    Fortis 320 /GW
    Fortis 400 /GW
    Fortis 500 /GW

    *
    The Fortis 400 C /GW and Fortis 500 C /GW devices are delivered as standard without the multiprocess function.
    1. TIG welding without Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding without Multiprocess

    Devices concerned

    The following devices offer TIG welding without multiprocess:
    Fortis 400 C /GW*
    Fortis 500 C /GW*
    Fortis 320 /GW
    Fortis 400 /GW
    Fortis 500 /GW

    *
    The Fortis 400 C /GW and Fortis 500 C /GW devices are delivered as standard without the multiprocess function.
    1. TIG welding without Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding without Multiprocess

    Preparation

    1Set the power switch to - O -
    2Unplug the mains plug
    3Remove the MIG/MAG welding torch
    4Disconnect the return lead cable from the (-) current socket
    5Insert the return lead cable into the (+) current socket and lock
    6Connect the other end of the return lead cable to the workpiece
    7Insert the bayonet plug of the TIG gas-valve welding torch into the (-) current socket and turn it clockwise to lock
    8Screw the gas pressure regulator onto the gas cylinder (argon) and tighten it
    9Connect the gas hose of the TIG gas-valve welding torch to the gas pressure regulator
    10Insert the mains plug
    1. TIG welding without Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding without Multiprocess

    TIG welding

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    CAUTION!

    Danger of injury and damage to property from electric shock.

    When the power switch is switched to position - I -, the tungsten electrode of the welding torch is live.

    Ensure that the tungsten electrode is not touching anyone or any electrically conductive or grounded parts (housing, etc.).

    1Set the power switch to - I -
    2Select TIG welding process

    The available TIG welding parameters are displayed.
    The welding voltage is applied to the welding socket with a three-second delay.

    The selection of the welding process for MIG/MAG is described from page (→) onwards.
    The selection of the welding process for TIG is performed in the same way.

    NOTE!

    Under certain circumstances, it may not be possible to change welding parameters that have been set on the control panel of a system component – such as wirefeeder or remote control – on the control panel of the welding machine.

    3Set TIG welding parameters

    The setting of the MIG/MAG welding parameters is described from page (→) onwards.
    The TIG welding torches are configured in the same way.
    4If necessary, set process parameters or other setup parameters for user- or application-specific settings on the welding system
    For TIG process parameters and setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.
    5Perform R/L adjustment
    For details, see from page (→) onwards.
    6Open the gas check valve on the TIG gas-valve welding torch
    7Set the desired amount of shielding gas on the gas pressure regulator
    8Commence the welding process (ignite arc)
    1. TIG welding without Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding without Multiprocess

    TIG welding parameters

    Break voltage
    For setting a voltage value at which the welding process may be ended by a slight raise of the TIG welding torch. 10.0-30.0 V
    Factory setting: 14 V

    Main current (I1)

    3-270 A ... Fortis 270 C
    3-320 A ... Fortis 320 C / Fortis 320
    3-400 A ... Fortis 400 C / Fortis 400
    3-500 A ... Fortis 500 C / Fortis 500
    Factory setting: 50 A

    Comfort Stop sensitivity
    For activating/deactivating the TIG Comfort Stop function

    off / 0.1-1.0 V
    Factory setting: 0.8 V

    At the end of the welding process, an automatic shutdown of the welding current follows a significant increase of the arc length. This prevents the arc from having to be unnecessarily lengthened when lifting the TIG gas-valve welding torch.

    Process:

    1Welding
    2Briefly lift the welding torch at the end of welding

    The arc lengthens significantly.
    3Lower the welding torch
    • The arc shortens significantly
    • The TIG Comfort Stop function has triggered
    4Maintain height of the welding torch
    • The welding current ramps down continuously (DownSlope).
    • The arc goes out.
    IMPORTANT! The DownSlope is fixed and cannot be adjusted.
    5 Lift the welding torch from the workpiece
    1. TIG welding without Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding without Multiprocess

    Igniting the arc

    The arc ignites when the workpiece makes contact with the tungsten electrode.

    1Place the gas nozzle on the ignition point so that there is a distance of 2 - 3 mm or 0.08 - 0.12 in. between the tip of the tungsten electrode and the workpiece
    2Gradually tilt the welding torch up until the tungsten electrode touches the workpiece
    3Raise the welding torch and tilt it into the normal position, the arc ignites
    4Carry out welding
    1. TIG welding without Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding without Multiprocess

    Finishing welding

    1Lift the TIG gas-valve torch away from the workpiece until the arc goes out.

    IMPORTANT! To protect the tungsten electrode, ensure that the shielding gas at the end of welding flows for long enough to allow the tungsten electrode to cool sufficiently.
    2Close the gas stop valve on the TIG gas-valve torch

    TIG welding with Multiprocess

    TIG Operating Modes

    2-step mode

    • Welding: Pull back the torch trigger and hold it in this position
    • End of welding: Release the torch trigger
    2-step mode
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess

    TIG Operating Modes

    2-step mode

    • Welding: Pull back the torch trigger and hold it in this position
    • End of welding: Release the torch trigger
    2-step mode
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. TIG Operating Modes

    2-step mode

    • Welding: Pull back the torch trigger and hold it in this position
    • End of welding: Release the torch trigger
    2-step mode
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. TIG Operating Modes

    4-step mode

    • Start of welding with starting current IS: Pull back the torch trigger and hold it in this position
    • Welding with main current I1: Release the torch trigger
    • Lowering to final current IE: Pull back the torch trigger and hold it in this position
    • End of welding: Release the torch trigger
    4-step mode

    *) Intermediate lowering

    With intermediate lowering, the welding current is lowered to the set lowering current I2  during the main current phase.

    • To activate intermediate lowering, push the torch trigger forward and hold it in this position
    • Release the torch trigger to resume the main current
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. TIG Operating Modes

    Spot welding

    • Welding: Briefly pull back and hold the torch trigger
      The welding time (SPt) corresponds to the value of how long the torch trigger is held.
    • Ending the welding process: Release the torch trigger
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. TIG Operating Modes

    Symbols and explanations

    (1) Pull back and hold the torch trigger (2) Release the torch trigger (3) Briefly pull back the torch trigger (< 0.5 s)
    (4) Push the torch trigger forward and hold (5) Release the torch trigger
    GPr
    Gas pre-flow
    SPt
    Spot welding time
    IS
    Starting current:
    the temperature is raised gently at low welding current, so that the filler metal can be positioned correctly
    IE
    Final current:
    to avoid local overheating of the parent material caused by heat accumulation at the end of welding. This prevents possible sagging of the weld seam.
    tUP
    UpSlope:
    steady rise of the starting current to the main current (welding current) I1
    tDOWN
    DownSlope:
    steady lowering of the welding current until it reaches the final current
    I1
    Main current (welding current):
    uniform thermal input into the parent material, whose temperature is raised by the advancing heat
    I2
    Lowering current:
    intermediate lowering of the welding current to avoid local overheating of the parent material
    GPO
    Gas post-flow
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess

    TIG welding with Multiprocess

    Preparation for Multiprocess

    If the OPT/s MP 400/500 or OPT/s MP 400/500 XT /600V Multiprocessoption is available on the welding machine, the following connections are also available on the welding machine:

    • Additional TIG socket (gas flow socket)
    • Integrated gas solenoid valve
    • Polarity reverser
    • TIG Multi Connector port

    If a Multiprocess option is available, more TIG welding parameters are also available.

    Preparation for TIG welding if there is a Multiprocess option for the welding machine:

    1Set the power switch to - O -
    2Unplug the mains plug
    3Remove the MIG/MAG welding torch
    4Disconnect the polarity reverser from the welding machine
    5Unplug the return lead cable from the welding machine
    6Insert the return lead cable into the (+) current socket and lock
    7Connect the other end of the return lead cable to the workpiece
    8Insert the bayonet connector of the TIG welding torch into the (-) current socket and twist it clockwise to lock
    9Connect the TMC plug of the TIG welding torch to the welding machine
    10Screw the gas pressure regulator onto the gas cylinder (argon) and tighten it
    11Connect the gas hose to the gas pressure regulator and the gas solenoid valve of the welding machine
    12Insert the mains plug
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding with Multiprocess

    Preparation for Multiprocess

    If the OPT/s MP 400/500 or OPT/s MP 400/500 XT /600V Multiprocessoption is available on the welding machine, the following connections are also available on the welding machine:

    • Additional TIG socket (gas flow socket)
    • Integrated gas solenoid valve
    • Polarity reverser
    • TIG Multi Connector port

    If a Multiprocess option is available, more TIG welding parameters are also available.

    Preparation for TIG welding if there is a Multiprocess option for the welding machine:

    1Set the power switch to - O -
    2Unplug the mains plug
    3Remove the MIG/MAG welding torch
    4Disconnect the polarity reverser from the welding machine
    5Unplug the return lead cable from the welding machine
    6Insert the return lead cable into the (+) current socket and lock
    7Connect the other end of the return lead cable to the workpiece
    8Insert the bayonet connector of the TIG welding torch into the (-) current socket and twist it clockwise to lock
    9Connect the TMC plug of the TIG welding torch to the welding machine
    10Screw the gas pressure regulator onto the gas cylinder (argon) and tighten it
    11Connect the gas hose to the gas pressure regulator and the gas solenoid valve of the welding machine
    12Insert the mains plug
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding with Multiprocess

    TIG welding with Multiprocess

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    CAUTION!

    Danger of injury and damage to property from electric shock.

    When the power switch is switched to position - I -, the tungsten electrode of the welding torch is live.

    Ensure that the tungsten electrode is not touching anyone or any electrically conductive or grounded parts (housing, etc.).

    1Set the power switch to - I -
    2Select TIG welding process

    The available TIG welding parameters are displayed.
    The welding voltage is applied to the welding socket with a three-second delay.

    The selection of the welding process for MIG/MAG is described from page (→) onwards.
    The selection of the welding process for TIG is performed in the same way.

    NOTE!

    Under certain circumstances, it may not be possible to change welding parameters that have been set on the control panel of a system component – such as wirefeeder or remote control – on the control panel of the welding machine.

    3Set TIG welding parameters

    The setting of the MIG/MAG welding parameters is described from page (→) onwards.
    The TIG welding parameters are configured in the same way.
    4If necessary, set process parameters or other setup parameters for user- or application-specific settings on the welding system
    For TIG process parameters and setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.
    5Perform R/L adjustment
    For details, see from page (→) onwards.
    6Set the desired amount of shielding gas on the gas pressure regulator
    7Commence the welding process (ignite arc)
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. TIG welding with Multiprocess

    TIG welding parameters with Multiprocess

    For the welding machines Fortis 270 C and Fortis 320 C or if the OPT/s MP 400/500 or OPT/s MP 400/500 XT /600V Multiprocess option is available on the welding machine, the following TIG welding parameters are available:

    Starting current IS

    0 – 200% (of the main current)
    Factory setting: 50%

    UpSlope

    off; 0.1 – 30.0 s
    Factory setting: 0.5 s

    IMPORTANT! The stored UpSlope value applies to the 2-step and 4-step modes.

    Main current I1

    3 – 270 A ... Fortis 270 C
    3 – 320 A ... Fortis 320 C
    3 – 400 A ... Fortis 400 C
    3 – 500 A ... Fortis 500 C
    Factory setting: -

    IMPORTANT! For welding torches with Up/Down function, the full setting range can be selected while the device is on standby.

    Lowering current I2
    only in 4-step mode

    0 – 200% (of the main current I1)
    Factory setting: 50%

    I2 < 100%
    Brief, adapted reduction of the welding current
    (e.g., when changing the welding wire during the welding process)

    I2 > 100%
    Brief, adapted increase in the welding current
    (e.g., for welding over tacking points with a higher power level)

    The values for Slope1 and Slope2 can be set for the TIG welding parameters.

    DownSlope

    off; 0.1 – 30.0 s
    Factory setting: 1.0 s

    IMPORTANT! The stored DownSlope value applies to the 2-step and 4-step operating modes.

    Final current IE 

    0 – 100% (of the main current)
    Factory setting: 30%

    The following parameters can be set for TIG for display on the welding screen:

    • For the left-hand dial: Tacking, gas pre-flow, starting current time tS
    • For the right-hand dial: Pulse frequency, gas post-flow, final current time

    For details on setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen, see from page (→) onwards.

    For details on the setup parameters, see as of page (→).

    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess

    Igniting the arc

    General

    To ensure an optimal ignition sequence during TIG welding, the following must be taken into account for the welding machine:
    • The diameter of the tungsten electrode
    • The current temperature of the tungsten electrode, taking into account the previous welding time and break
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. Igniting the arc

    General

    To ensure an optimal ignition sequence during TIG welding, the following must be taken into account for the welding machine:
    • The diameter of the tungsten electrode
    • The current temperature of the tungsten electrode, taking into account the previous welding time and break
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. Igniting the arc

    Contact ignition

    The arc ignites when the workpiece makes contact with the tungsten electrode.

    Procedure for igniting the arc using contact ignition:

    1Position the gas nozzle at the ignition point so that there is a distance of approximately 2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 in.) between the tungsten electrode and the workpiece
    2Press torch trigger

    shielding gas flows
    3Gradually tilt the welding torch up until the tungsten electrode touches the workpiece
    4Raise the welding torch and tilt it into the normal position

    The arc now ignites.
    5Carry out welding
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. Igniting the arc

    Electrode overload

    If the tungsten electrode is overloaded, this can result in material detachment on the electrode, which can cause contamination to enter the weld pool.

    If the tungsten electrode is overloaded, the "electrode overloaded" indicator lights up in the central display section (for details, see from page (→) onwards).

    The "electrode overloaded" indicator depends on the set electrode diameter and the set welding current.

    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. Igniting the arc

    End of welding

    1Depending on the set operating mode, end welding by releasing the torch trigger
    2Wait for the set gas post-flow and hold the welding torch in position over the end of the weld seam.
    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess

    Additional TIG functions

    TIG pulsing

    The welding current set at the start of welding may not always be ideal for the entire welding process:

    • If the amperage is too low, the base material will not be sufficiently melted
    • If overheating occurs, there is a danger that the liquid weld pool may drip

    The TIG pulsing function is able to help with this (TIG welding with a pulsing welding current):
    A low base current (2) rises steeply to a significantly higher pulse current and falls again in line with a duty cycle (5) to the base current (2).
    During TIG pulsing, small sections of the welding area are quickly melted and then allowed to quickly solidify again.
    During manual applications, the welding wire is applied in the maximum current phase during TIG pulsing (only possible in the low-frequency range from 0.25 – 5 Hz).

    TIG pulsing is used to weld steel pipes when welding out-of-position or to weld thin sheet metal.

    TIG pulsing in operation:

    TIG pulsing – welding current progression curve

    Key:
    (1) Main current, (2) Base current, (3) Starting current, (4) UpSlope, (5) Pulse frequency *
    (6) Duty cycle, (7) DownSlope, (8) Final current

    * (1/F-P = Time between two pulses)

    Base current and duty cycle are specified by the welding machine.

    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. Additional TIG functions

    TIG pulsing

    The welding current set at the start of welding may not always be ideal for the entire welding process:

    • If the amperage is too low, the base material will not be sufficiently melted
    • If overheating occurs, there is a danger that the liquid weld pool may drip

    The TIG pulsing function is able to help with this (TIG welding with a pulsing welding current):
    A low base current (2) rises steeply to a significantly higher pulse current and falls again in line with a duty cycle (5) to the base current (2).
    During TIG pulsing, small sections of the welding area are quickly melted and then allowed to quickly solidify again.
    During manual applications, the welding wire is applied in the maximum current phase during TIG pulsing (only possible in the low-frequency range from 0.25 – 5 Hz).

    TIG pulsing is used to weld steel pipes when welding out-of-position or to weld thin sheet metal.

    TIG pulsing in operation:

    TIG pulsing – welding current progression curve

    Key:
    (1) Main current, (2) Base current, (3) Starting current, (4) UpSlope, (5) Pulse frequency *
    (6) Duty cycle, (7) DownSlope, (8) Final current

    * (1/F-P = Time between two pulses)

    Base current and duty cycle are specified by the welding machine.

    1. TIG welding with Multiprocess
    2. Additional TIG functions

    Tacking function

    The tacking function is available for TIG welding.

    When a period of time is set for the setup parameter Tacking (4), the tacking function is assigned to the 2-step and 4-step modes. The sequence of operating modes remains unchanged.
    The Tacking (TAC) indicator lights up in the central display section.

    During this time, a pulsed welding current is available, which optimizes the merging of the weld pool when tacking two components.

    How the tacking function works during TIG welding:

    Tacking function – welding current curve

    Key:
    (1) Main current, (2) Starting current, (3) UpSlope, (4) Duration of pulsed welding current for tacking process, (5) DownSlope, (6) Final current

    NOTE!

    When using a pulsed welding current:

    The welding machine automatically controls the pulse parameters according to the set main current (1).
    No pulse parameters need to be set.

    The pulsed welding current starts
    • After the starting-current phase (2) has finished 
    • With the UpSlope phase (3)

    Depending on the set tacking duration, the pulsed welding current can be stopped up to and including the final current phase (6).

    After the tacking time has passed, further welding is carried out at a constant welding current. Set pulse parameters are available if applicable.

    Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging

    Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding

    Preparation

    1Set the power switch to - O -
    2Unplug the mains plug
    3Remove the MIG/MAG welding torch
    4If present, disconnect the polarity reverser

    NOTE!

    Check the packaging or labeling on the stick electrode to determine whether the stick electrodes are to be welded on the positive pole (+) or the negative pole (-).

    5Depending on the type of electrode, insert the return lead cable into the (-) current socket or into the (+) current socket and lock
    6Use the other end of the return lead cable to establish a connection to the workpiece
    7Depending on the type of electrode, insert the bayonet connector of the electrode holder cable into the free current socket with opposite polarity and twist it clockwise to lock
    8Insert the mains plug
    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging

    Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding

    Preparation

    1Set the power switch to - O -
    2Unplug the mains plug
    3Remove the MIG/MAG welding torch
    4If present, disconnect the polarity reverser

    NOTE!

    Check the packaging or labeling on the stick electrode to determine whether the stick electrodes are to be welded on the positive pole (+) or the negative pole (-).

    5Depending on the type of electrode, insert the return lead cable into the (-) current socket or into the (+) current socket and lock
    6Use the other end of the return lead cable to establish a connection to the workpiece
    7Depending on the type of electrode, insert the bayonet connector of the electrode holder cable into the free current socket with opposite polarity and twist it clockwise to lock
    8Insert the mains plug
    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding

    Preparation

    1Set the power switch to - O -
    2Unplug the mains plug
    3Remove the MIG/MAG welding torch
    4If present, disconnect the polarity reverser

    NOTE!

    Check the packaging or labeling on the stick electrode to determine whether the stick electrodes are to be welded on the positive pole (+) or the negative pole (-).

    5Depending on the type of electrode, insert the return lead cable into the (-) current socket or into the (+) current socket and lock
    6Use the other end of the return lead cable to establish a connection to the workpiece
    7Depending on the type of electrode, insert the bayonet connector of the electrode holder cable into the free current socket with opposite polarity and twist it clockwise to lock
    8Insert the mains plug
    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding

    Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    CAUTION!

    Danger of injury and damage to property from electric shock.

    When the power switch is in position - I -, the stick electrode in the electrode holder is live.

    Ensure that the stick electrode is not touching any people or electrically conductive or grounded parts (housing, etc.).

    NOTE!

    CEL welding is only possible with /XT welding machines.

    1Set the power switch to - I -
    2Select the electrode or CEL welding process

    The available welding parameters are displayed.
    The welding voltage is applied to the welding socket with a three-second delay.

    The selection of the welding process for MIG/MAG is described from page (→) onwards.
    The selection of the welding process for MMA or CEL welding is done in the same way.

    If the MMA or CEL welding process is selected, the cooling unit is automatically deactivated if present. It is not possible to turn it on.
    3Set welding parameters

    Setting the MIG/MAG welding parameters is described from page (→) onwards.
    The welding parameters for MMA and CEL welding are set in the same way.
    4If necessary, set the process parameters or other setup parameters for user- or application-specific settings on the welding system
    • For process parameters for manual metal arc welding and setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.
    • For process parameters for CEL welding and setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.
    5Initiate welding process
    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding

    Welding parameters for manual metal arc welding

    For manual metal arc welding, the following welding parameters can be set and displayed:

    Starting current 
    For setting a starting current value in the range 0 - 200% of the set welding current in order to avoid slag inclusions or incomplete fusion.
    The starting current depends on the electrode type.

    0 - 200%
    Factory setting: 150%

    Starting current > 100%:
    • Improved ignition properties, even when using electrodes with poor ignition properties
    • Better fusion of base material in the start phase, therefore less neutralization
    • Slag inclusions largely avoided
    Starting current < 100%:
    • Improvement of ignition properties with electrodes that ignite at a low welding current, e.g., basic electrodes
    • Slag inclusions largely avoided
    • Reduction of welding spatter

    The starting current is active for the starting current time set in the Setup menu.

    Main current [A]

    Setting range: depends on the welding machine used

    Before welding begins, the device automatically displays a standard value based on the programmed parameters. The actual value is displayed during welding.

    Arc-force dynamic 
    For influencing the short-circuiting dynamic at the instant of droplet transfer

    0 - 100
    Factory setting: 20

    0 ... soft and low-spatter arc
    100 ... harder and more stable arc

    For manual metal arc welding, the following setup parameters can be defined as the last welding parameter:

    • For the left-hand selection dial: starting current time, break voltage
    • For the right-hand selection dial: characteristic

    For details on setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen, see from page (→) onwards.

    For details on the setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding

    Welding parameters for CEL welding

    For CEL welding, the following welding parameters can be set and displayed under "Welding":

    Starting current 
    For setting a starting current value in the range 0-200% of the set welding current in order to avoid slag inclusions or incomplete fusion.
    The starting current depends on the electrode type.

    0-200%
    Factory setting: 150%

    The starting current is active for the starting current time set under the process parameters.

    Main current [A]

    Setting range: depends on the welding machine used

    Before welding begins, the device automatically displays a standard value based on the programmed parameters. The actual value is displayed during welding.

    Arc-force dynamic 
    For influencing the short-circuiting dynamic at the instant of droplet transfer

    0-100
    Factory setting: 20

    0 ... soft and low-spatter arc
    100 ... harder and more stable arc

    For manual metal arc welding, the following setup parameters can be defined as the last welding parameter:

    • For the left-hand selection dial: starting current time, break voltage
    • For the right-hand selection dial: anti-stick

    For details on setting the parameter displayed on the welding screen, see from page (→) onwards.

    For details on the setup parameters, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging

    Additional stick electrode functions

    Anti-stick function

    As the arc becomes shorter, the welding voltage may also fall so that the stick electrode is more likely to stick to the workpiece. This may also cause the stick electrode to burn out.

    Electrode burn-out is prevented by activating the anti-stick function. If the stick electrode begins to stick, the welding machine immediately switches the welding current off. The welding process can be resumed without problems once the stick electrode has been detached from the workpiece.

    The anti-stick function is activated and deactivated in the stick electrode menu.

    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Additional stick electrode functions

    Anti-stick function

    As the arc becomes shorter, the welding voltage may also fall so that the stick electrode is more likely to stick to the workpiece. This may also cause the stick electrode to burn out.

    Electrode burn-out is prevented by activating the anti-stick function. If the stick electrode begins to stick, the welding machine immediately switches the welding current off. The welding process can be resumed without problems once the stick electrode has been detached from the workpiece.

    The anti-stick function is activated and deactivated in the stick electrode menu.

    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Additional stick electrode functions

    Electrode pulsing

    Electrode pulsing is a stick electrode welding process with a pulsing welding current, e.g., for welding steel pipes when welding out of position or for welding thin sheet metal.

    The welding current set at the start of welding may not always be ideal for the entire welding process:
    • If the amperage is too low, the base material will not be sufficiently melted.
    • If overheating occurs, there is a danger that the liquid weld pool may drip.

    During electrode pulsing, a low base current IG rises steeply to the significantly higher pulse current IP and then drops back to the base current IG after a certain time tdcy.
    The base current, pulse current, and time are specified by the welding machine according to the set pulse frequency FP.

    During electrode pulsing, small sections of the welding location melt quickly and then rapidly re-solidify.

    Welding current curve during electrode pulsing:

    IS = starting current, IP = pulse current, I = welding current, IG = base current, FP = pulse frequency, tdcy = time

    NOTE!

    For electrode pulsing, the electrode characteristic must be set to "I-constant".

    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging

    Arc Air Gouging

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    WARNING!

    Danger from electric current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before carrying out maintenance or service work, switch off all devices and components involved and disconnect them from the power supply.

    Secure all devices and components involved against being switched on again.

    After opening the appliance, use a suitable measuring device to ensure that electrically charged components (e.g. capacitors) are discharged.

    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Arc Air Gouging

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from incorrect operation and work that is not carried out properly.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    All the work and functions described in this document must only be carried out by technically trained and qualified personnel.

    Read and understand this document in full.

    Read and understand all safety rules and user documentation for this equipment and all system components.

    WARNING!

    Danger from electric current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before carrying out maintenance or service work, switch off all devices and components involved and disconnect them from the power supply.

    Secure all devices and components involved against being switched on again.

    After opening the appliance, use a suitable measuring device to ensure that electrically charged components (e.g. capacitors) are discharged.

    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Arc Air Gouging

    Preparation

    IMPORTANT! A return lead cable with a cable cross-section of 120 mm² is required for arc air gouging.

    1Set the power switch to - O -
    2Unplug the mains plug
    3Remove the MIG/MAG welding torch
    4Insert the return lead cable into the (-) current socket and lock
    5Connect the other end of the return lead cable to the workpiece
    6Insert the bayonet connector of the arc air gouging torch into the (+) current socket and twist it clockwise to lock
    7Connect the compressed air connection of the arc air gouging torch to the compressed air supply
    Working pressure: 5-7 bar (constant)
    8Clamp the carbon electrode so that the electrode tip protrudes approx. 100 mm from the arc air gouging torch;
    the air outlet openings of the arc air gouging torch must be at the bottom
    9Insert the mains plug
    1. Manual metal arc welding, CEL welding, arc air gouging
    2. Arc Air Gouging

    Arc air gouging

    CAUTION!

    Danger of injury and damage to property from electric shock.

    When the power switch is switched to position - I -, the electrode in the arc air gouging torch is live.

    Ensure that the electrode is not touching any people or electrically conductive or grounded parts (housing, etc.).

    CAUTION!

    Risk of personal injury due to loud operating noise.

    Use suitable hearing protection during arc air gouging!

    1Set the power switch to - I -
    2Select the electrode welding process

    The available welding parameters are displayed.
    The welding voltage is applied to the welding socket with a three-second delay.

    The selection of the welding process for MIG/MAG is described from page (→) onwards.
    The selection of the welding process for MMA welding is done in the same way.

    If the MMA welding process is selected, the cooling unit is automatically deactivated if present. It is not possible to turn it on.

    NOTE!

    Under certain circumstances, it may not be possible to change welding parameters that have been set on the control panel of a system component – such as wirefeeder or remote control – on the control panel of the welding machine.

    3Under electrode, select "Characteristic" in the Setup menu
    4Set the "Characteristic" parameter to "Arc air gouging" (last entry)

    NOTE!

    The settings for break voltage and starting current time are ignored.

    5Exit the Setup menu for MMA welding
    6Use the middle dial to set the main current depending on the electrode diameter and in accordance with the specifications on the electrode packaging

    NOTE!

    At higher amperages, use both hands to guide the arc air gouging torch!

    Use a suitable welding helmet.

    7Open the compressed air valve on the arc air gouging torch handle
    8Initiate the gouging operation

    The contact angle of the carbon electrode and gouging speed determine the depth of an air gap.

    The parameters for arc air gouging correspond to the welding parameters for MMA welding, see page (→).

    Setup Menu

    Overview

    Accessing the Setup menu

    1Press the Menu button

    The available menus are displayed:

    (1)
    Device information
    (2)
    MIG/MAG
    (3)
    TIG
    (4)
    Electrode *
    (5)
    Components
    (6)
    Logbook
    (7)
    Job pre-settings
    (8)
    Monitoring
    (9)
    User Management
    (10)
    Display
    (11)
    System
    *
    The CEL menu is also displayed on /XT welding machines.
    MIG/MAG menu selected
    2Turn the middle selection dial to select the desired menu

    A selected menu is highlighted, enlarged, and shown between two blue lines on the display.

    3Press the middle selection dial to display or adjust the parameters of the selected menu

    The first parameter or the first parameter group of the menu is selected and can be edited.
    A selected parameter or group of parameters are also shown brightly on the display between two blue lines.

    MIG/MAG menu, parameter group Start / End selected
    1. Setup Menu

    Overview

    Accessing the Setup menu

    1Press the Menu button

    The available menus are displayed:

    (1)
    Device information
    (2)
    MIG/MAG
    (3)
    TIG
    (4)
    Electrode *
    (5)
    Components
    (6)
    Logbook
    (7)
    Job pre-settings
    (8)
    Monitoring
    (9)
    User Management
    (10)
    Display
    (11)
    System
    *
    The CEL menu is also displayed on /XT welding machines.
    MIG/MAG menu selected
    2Turn the middle selection dial to select the desired menu

    A selected menu is highlighted, enlarged, and shown between two blue lines on the display.

    3Press the middle selection dial to display or adjust the parameters of the selected menu

    The first parameter or the first parameter group of the menu is selected and can be edited.
    A selected parameter or group of parameters are also shown brightly on the display between two blue lines.

    MIG/MAG menu, parameter group Start / End selected
    1. Setup Menu
    2. Overview

    Accessing the Setup menu

    1Press the Menu button

    The available menus are displayed:

    (1)
    Device information
    (2)
    MIG/MAG
    (3)
    TIG
    (4)
    Electrode *
    (5)
    Components
    (6)
    Logbook
    (7)
    Job pre-settings
    (8)
    Monitoring
    (9)
    User Management
    (10)
    Display
    (11)
    System
    *
    The CEL menu is also displayed on /XT welding machines.
    MIG/MAG menu selected
    2Turn the middle selection dial to select the desired menu

    A selected menu is highlighted, enlarged, and shown between two blue lines on the display.

    3Press the middle selection dial to display or adjust the parameters of the selected menu

    The first parameter or the first parameter group of the menu is selected and can be edited.
    A selected parameter or group of parameters are also shown brightly on the display between two blue lines.

    MIG/MAG menu, parameter group Start / End selected
    1. Setup Menu
    2. Overview

    Opening parameter groups, setting parameters

    Opening the parameter group

    1Turn the middle dial to select the desired parameter group
    2Press the middle dial

    The parameters in the group are displayed and can be modified.

    Setting parameters

    3Turn middle the dial to select the desired parameter
    4Press the middle dial

    The value of the parameter is highlighted and can now be changed.

    5Turn the middle dial and adjust the value of the parameter
    6Press the middle dial and set other parameters

    or

    press the menu button to exit the setup menu.
    The welding screen is displayed.
    1. Setup Menu
    2. Overview

    Switching menus

    1Within a parameter group, turn the middle selection dial and move the selection up until the parent menu is selected.
    Example:
    2Press the middle selection dial

    The menu symbol is highlighted in white.

    3Turn the middle selection dial to select a different menu
    4Press the middle selection dial and open the new menu
    1. Setup Menu
    2. Overview

    Exiting the setup menu

    1Press the "Menu" key

    No matter where you are in the setup menu, the welding screen is displayed upon pressing the menu button.

    If you press the menu button again, the last menu accessed is displayed.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Overview

    Grayed-out parameters

    NOTE!

    In the setup menu, certain parameters are grayed out because they have no function with the currently selected settings.

    Grayed-out parameters can be selected but not amended.

    Grayed-out welding parameters have no influence on the current welding process or the welding result.

    1. Setup Menu

    Device information

    Retrieving system data

    The current system data are displayed.

    Welding current in A

    Welding voltage in V

    Wire speed in m/min or ipm

    Real-time arc power in kW

    IP provides the correct average arc power as a result of the high measurement sampling rate for non-continuous welding processes.

    If the welding speed is known, the electrical energy per unit length can be calculated:

    E = IP / vs

    E
    Electrical energy per unit length in kJ/cm
    IP
    Arc power in kW
    vs
    Welding speed in cm/s

    Duration of current weld in s

    Arc energy in kJ

    IE provides the correct total arc energy as a result of the high measurement sampling rate for non-continuous welding processes.
    Arc energy is the accumulated arc power over the entire welding time.
    If the weld length is known, the electrical energy per unit length can be calculated:

    E = IE / L

    E
    Electrical energy per unit length in kJ/cm
    IE
    Arc energy in kJ
    L
    Length of weld in cm

    Arc energy is generally used in manual welding to calculate the energy per unit length.

    Total operating hours of the welding machine in h

    Arc time in h

    Current weld

    Wire drive in the welding machine

    External wirefeeder

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Device information

    Retrieving system data

    The current system data are displayed.

    Welding current in A

    Welding voltage in V

    Wire speed in m/min or ipm

    Real-time arc power in kW

    IP provides the correct average arc power as a result of the high measurement sampling rate for non-continuous welding processes.

    If the welding speed is known, the electrical energy per unit length can be calculated:

    E = IP / vs

    E
    Electrical energy per unit length in kJ/cm
    IP
    Arc power in kW
    vs
    Welding speed in cm/s

    Duration of current weld in s

    Arc energy in kJ

    IE provides the correct total arc energy as a result of the high measurement sampling rate for non-continuous welding processes.
    Arc energy is the accumulated arc power over the entire welding time.
    If the weld length is known, the electrical energy per unit length can be calculated:

    E = IE / L

    E
    Electrical energy per unit length in kJ/cm
    IE
    Arc energy in kJ
    L
    Length of weld in cm

    Arc energy is generally used in manual welding to calculate the energy per unit length.

    Total operating hours of the welding machine in h

    Arc time in h

    Current weld

    Wire drive in the welding machine

    External wirefeeder

    1. Setup Menu

    MIG/MAG

    Start / End

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the start and end of welding:

    Starting current 
    To set the starting current for MIG/MAG welding (e.g., start of welding for aluminum)

    0-400 % (of the welding current)
    Factory setting: 135%

    Starting current time
    For specifying how long the starting current is to be active 

    off / 0.1-10.0 s
    Factory setting: off

    Slope 1 
    For setting the time during which the starting current is reduced or increased to the welding current

    0.0-9.9 s
    Factory setting: 1.0 s

    Slope 2 
    For setting the time during which the welding current is reduced or increased to the final current.

    0.0-9.9 s
    Factory setting: 1.0 s

    Final current 
    For setting the final current in order to

    1. Prevent a build-up of heat at the end of welding
    2. Fill the end-crater in the case of aluminum

    0-400% (of the welding current)
    Factory setting: 50%

    Final current time
    For specifying how long the final current is to be active

    off / 0.1-10.0 s
    Factory setting: off

    Wire retraction 
    For setting the wire retraction value (= combined value from wire retraction and a time) during MIG/MAG manual welding
    The wire retraction depends on the equipment on the welding torch.

    0.0-10.0
    Factory setting: 0.0

    1. Setup Menu
    2. MIG/MAG

    Start / End

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the start and end of welding:

    Starting current 
    To set the starting current for MIG/MAG welding (e.g., start of welding for aluminum)

    0-400 % (of the welding current)
    Factory setting: 135%

    Starting current time
    For specifying how long the starting current is to be active 

    off / 0.1-10.0 s
    Factory setting: off

    Slope 1 
    For setting the time during which the starting current is reduced or increased to the welding current

    0.0-9.9 s
    Factory setting: 1.0 s

    Slope 2 
    For setting the time during which the welding current is reduced or increased to the final current.

    0.0-9.9 s
    Factory setting: 1.0 s

    Final current 
    For setting the final current in order to

    1. Prevent a build-up of heat at the end of welding
    2. Fill the end-crater in the case of aluminum

    0-400% (of the welding current)
    Factory setting: 50%

    Final current time
    For specifying how long the final current is to be active

    off / 0.1-10.0 s
    Factory setting: off

    Wire retraction 
    For setting the wire retraction value (= combined value from wire retraction and a time) during MIG/MAG manual welding
    The wire retraction depends on the equipment on the welding torch.

    0.0-10.0
    Factory setting: 0.0

    1. Setup Menu
    2. MIG/MAG

    Setup mode

    Spot welding

    2-step /4-step
    Factory setting: 4-step

    Spot welding time 

    0.1 – 10.0  s
    Factory setting: 1.0 s

    Stitch
    To activate/deactivate stitch welding

    off/on
    Factory setting: off

    Stitch cycles

    constant / 1 – 99
    Factory setting: constant

    Stitch welding time

    0.01 – 9.9 s
    Factory setting: 0.3 s

    Stitch pause time

    off / 0.01 – 9.9 s
    Factory setting: 0.3 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. MIG/MAG

    Process Mix

    For mixing processes, the following process parameters can be set under Process Mix:

    Upper power time correction
    To set the duration of the hot process phase in a mixed process

    -10.0 – +10.0
    Factory setting: 0

    Upper and lower power time correction is used to define the relationship between the hot and cold process phases.

    If the lower power time correction is increased, the process frequency reduces and the pulse process phase becomes longer.

    If the lower power time correction is reduced, the process frequency increases and the pulse process phase becomes shorter.

    Lower power time correction
    To set the duration of the cold process phase in a mixed process

    -10.0 – +10.0
    Factory setting: 0

    Upper and lower power time correction is used to define the relationship between the hot and cold process phases.

    Lower power correction
    To set the energy input in the cold process phase in a mixed process

    -10.0 – +10.0
    Factory setting: 0

    If the lower power correction is increased, this results in a higher wire speed and therefore a higher energy yield in the cold standard process phase.

    Mixed process between pulsed and standard welding process. A cold standard process phase follows a hot pulsed process phase as part of a cycle.
    (1)
    Lower power correction
    (2)
    Lower power time correction
    (3)
    Upper power time correction
    vD
    Wire speed
    1. Setup Menu
    2. MIG/MAG

    Gas default settings

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the gas default settings:

    Gas pre-flow 
    To set the gas flow time before ignition of the arc

    0 – 9.9  s
    Factory setting: 0.1 s

    Gas post-flow 
    To set the gas flow time after the end of the arc

    0 – 60 s
    Factory setting: 0.5 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. MIG/MAG

    SynchroPulse

    The following process parameters can be set for SynchroPulse welding:

    (1) SynchroPulse 
    To activate/deactivate SynchroPulse

    off / on
    Factory setting: on

    (2) Wire speed
    To set the average wire speed and therefore the welding power for SynchroPulse

    For example: 2 - 25 m/min (ipm)
    (Depending on wire speed and welding characteristic)
    Factory setting: 5.0 m/min

    (3) Delta wire feed
    To set the delta wire feed:
    With SynchroPulse, the set wire speed is alternately increased/decreased by the delta wire feed. The parameters concerned are modified accordingly to match the acceleration/deceleration of the wire speed.

    0.1 - 3.0 m/min / 5 - 115 ipm
    Factory setting: 2.0 m/min

    (4) Frequency
    To set the SynchroPulse frequency

    off / 0.5 - 5.0 Hz
    Factory setting: off

    (5) Duty Cycle (high) 
    For weighting the duration of the higher operating point in a SynchroPulse period

    10 - 90%
    Factory setting: 50%

    (6) Arc correction high 
    For correcting the arc length with SynchroPulse at the higher operating point (= average wire speed plus delta wire feed)

    -10.0 - +10.0
    Factory setting: 0.0

    - ... short arc
    0 ... uncorrected arc length
    + ... longer arc

    NOTE!

    If SynchroPulse is activated, the normal arc length correction has no effect on the welding process.

    The arc length correction is then no longer displayed in the welding parameters.

    (7) Arc correction low
    For correcting the arc length with SynchroPulse at the lower operating point (= average wire speed less delta wire feed)

    -10.0 - +10.0
    Factory setting: 0.0

    - ... short arc
    0 ... uncorrected arc length
    + ... longer arc

    Example: SynchroPulse, duty cycle (high) = 25% (2) = wire speed
    1. Setup Menu
    2. MIG/MAG

    Manual

    Ignition current (manual)
    For setting the ignition current for MIG/MAG manual welding

    100-500 A (Fortis 270 C)
    100-550 A (Fortis 320 C, Fortis 320)
    100-600 A (Fortis 400 C, Fortis 400)
    100-600 A (Fortis 500 C, Fortis 500)
    Factory setting: 500 A

    Wire retraction (manual)
    For setting the wire retraction value (= combined value from wire retraction and a time) during MIG/MAG manual welding
    The wire retraction depends on the equipment on the welding torch.

    0.0-10.0
    Factory setting: 0.0

    Slope characteristics

    auto / U constant / 1,000-8 A/V
    Factory setting: auto

    auto:
    A fixed characteristic slope is stored.

    U constant:
    The welding machine immediately regulates a change in the arc length.

    8 A/V:
    The welding device does not regulate a change in the arc length or only does this to a minimal extent.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. MIG/MAG

    R/L alignment

    Align the welding circuit resistance (R) and inductance (L) if one of the following welding system components is changed:

    • Torch hosepacks
    • Interconnecting hosepacks
    • Return lead cables, welding power-leads
    • Wirefeeders
    • Welding torches, electrode holders

    Prerequisites for R/L alignment:

    The welding system must be complete: closed welding circuit with welding torch and torch hosepack, wirefeeders, return lead cables, interconnecting hosepacks.

    Performing R/L alignment:

    1Select R/L alignment in the Setup menu

    The current values for welding circuit inductance and welding circuit resistance are displayed.

    2Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The second step of the R/L alignment wizard is displayed.

    3Follow the on-screen instructions

    IMPORTANT! Contact between the earthing clamp and the workpiece must be made on a cleaned workpiece surface.
    4Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The third step of the R/L alignment wizard is displayed.

    5Follow the on-screen instructions
    6Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The fourth step of the R/L alignment wizard is displayed.

    7Follow the on-screen instructions
    8Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The current values are displayed when the measurement is complete.

    9Select "End" (press the right-hand dial)

    Welding circuit inductance limit values

    Fortis 270

    15 µH

    Fortis 400 / 500

    25 µH

    Larger inductance values may impair welding results. This can be remedied by optimizing the routing of hosepacks and return lead cables (see also from page (→) or (→) onwards).

    1. Setup Menu

    TIG

    Start / End

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the start and end of TIG welding:

    Starting current time
    The starting current time indicates the duration of the starting-current phase.

    off / 0.01 - 30.0 s
    Factory setting: off

    IMPORTANT! The starting current time is only valid for 2-step mode and spot welding. In 4-step mode, the duration of the starting-current phase is determined by the torch trigger.

    Final current time
    The final current time indicates the duration of the final-current phase.

    off / 0.01 - 30 s
    Factory setting: off

    IMPORTANT! The final current time is only valid for 2-step mode and spot welding. In 4-step mode, the duration of the final-current phase is determined by the torch trigger.

    Spot welding time
    (only if the mode is set to spot welding)

    0.02 - 120 s
    Factory setting: 5.0 s

    Break voltage
    For setting a voltage value at which the welding process may be ended by a slight raise of the TIG welding torch.

    10.0 - 30.0 V
    Factory setting: 14 V

    Torch trigger

    on / off
    Factory setting: on

    on
    Welding is started using the torch trigger

    on
    Welding is started by touching the workpiece with the tungsten electrode;
    especially suitable for welding torches without torch triggers, ignition sequence depends on ignition parameters

    Comfort Stop sensitivity
    For activating/deactivating the TIG Comfort Stop function

    off / 0.1 - 10.0 V
    Factory setting: 0.8 V

    At the end of the welding process, an automatic shutdown of the welding current follows a significant increase of the arc length. This prevents the arc from having to be unnecessarily lengthened when lifting the TIG gas-valve welding torch.

    Process:

    1Welding
    2Briefly lift the welding torch at the end of welding

    The arc lengthens significantly.
    3Lower the welding torch
    • The arc shortens significantly
    • The TIG Comfort Stop function has triggered
    4Maintain height of the welding torch
    • The welding current ramps down continuously (DownSlope).
    • The arc goes out.
    IMPORTANT! The DownSlope is fixed and cannot be adjusted.
    5 Lift the welding torch from the workpiece
    1. Setup Menu
    2. TIG

    Start / End

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the start and end of TIG welding:

    Starting current time
    The starting current time indicates the duration of the starting-current phase.

    off / 0.01 - 30.0 s
    Factory setting: off

    IMPORTANT! The starting current time is only valid for 2-step mode and spot welding. In 4-step mode, the duration of the starting-current phase is determined by the torch trigger.

    Final current time
    The final current time indicates the duration of the final-current phase.

    off / 0.01 - 30 s
    Factory setting: off

    IMPORTANT! The final current time is only valid for 2-step mode and spot welding. In 4-step mode, the duration of the final-current phase is determined by the torch trigger.

    Spot welding time
    (only if the mode is set to spot welding)

    0.02 - 120 s
    Factory setting: 5.0 s

    Break voltage
    For setting a voltage value at which the welding process may be ended by a slight raise of the TIG welding torch.

    10.0 - 30.0 V
    Factory setting: 14 V

    Torch trigger

    on / off
    Factory setting: on

    on
    Welding is started using the torch trigger

    on
    Welding is started by touching the workpiece with the tungsten electrode;
    especially suitable for welding torches without torch triggers, ignition sequence depends on ignition parameters

    Comfort Stop sensitivity
    For activating/deactivating the TIG Comfort Stop function

    off / 0.1 - 10.0 V
    Factory setting: 0.8 V

    At the end of the welding process, an automatic shutdown of the welding current follows a significant increase of the arc length. This prevents the arc from having to be unnecessarily lengthened when lifting the TIG gas-valve welding torch.

    Process:

    1Welding
    2Briefly lift the welding torch at the end of welding

    The arc lengthens significantly.
    3Lower the welding torch
    • The arc shortens significantly
    • The TIG Comfort Stop function has triggered
    4Maintain height of the welding torch
    • The welding current ramps down continuously (DownSlope).
    • The arc goes out.
    IMPORTANT! The DownSlope is fixed and cannot be adjusted.
    5 Lift the welding torch from the workpiece
    1. Setup Menu
    2. TIG

    Electrode diameter, tacking

    Electrode diameter

    Setting range: off; 1.0 – 6.4 mm
    Factory setting: 2.4 mm

    Tacking
    Tacking function – duration of the pulsed welding current at the start of the tacking process

    off / 0.1 – 9.9 s / on
    Factory setting: off

    off
    Tacking function is switched off

    0.1 – 9.9 s
    The selected time begins with the UpSlope phase. After the set time has passed, further welding is carried out at a constant welding current. Set pulse parameters are available if applicable.

    on
    The pulsed welding current remains present until the end of the tacking process

    The Tacking (TAC) indicator lights up in the central display section if a value has been set.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. TIG

    Pulsed

    Pulse frequency

    off / 0.20 – 990 Hz
    Factory setting: off

    The set pulse frequency is also applied for the lowering current I2.

    The Pulsing indicator lights up in the central display section if a value for the pulse frequency has been entered.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. TIG

    Gas default settings

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the gas default settings:

    Gas pre-flow
    To set the gas flow time before ignition of the arc

    0.0 – 9.9 s
    Factory setting: 0.4 s

    Gas post-flow
    To set the gas flow time after the end of the arc

    auto / 0 – 60 s
    Factory setting: auto

    auto
    Depending on the electrode diameter and welding current, the welding machine calculates and automatically adjusts the optimal gas post-flow time.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. TIG

    R/L alignment

    Align the welding circuit resistance (R) and inductance (L) if one of the following welding system components is changed:

    • Torch hosepacks
    • Interconnecting hosepacks
    • Return lead cables, welding power-leads
    • Wirefeeders
    • Welding torches, electrode holders

    Prerequisites for R/L alignment:

    The welding system must be complete: closed welding circuit with welding torch and torch hosepack, wirefeeders, return lead cable, interconnecting hosepacks.

    Perform R/L alignment:

    1Select R/L alignment in the setup menu

    The actual values for welding circuit inductance and welding circuit resistance are displayed.

    2Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The second step of the R/L alignment wizard is displayed.

    3Follow the on-screen instructions

    IMPORTANT! Contact between the earthing clamp and the workpiece must be made on a cleaned workpiece surface.
    4Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The third step of the R/L alignment wizard is displayed.

    5Follow the on-screen instructions
    6Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The fourth step of the R/L alignment wizard is displayed.

    7Follow the on-screen instructions
    8Select "Next" (press right-hand dial) or press torch trigger

    The actual values are displayed when the measurement is complete.

    9Select "End" (press the right-hand dial)
    1. Setup Menu

    Electrode

    Start / End

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the start and end of manual metal arc welding:

    Starting current time 
    For specifying how long the starting current is to be active

    0.0 – 2.0 s
    Factory setting: 0.5 s

    Break voltage
    For setting a voltage value at which the welding process may be ended by a slight raise of the stick electrode.

    20 – 90 V
    Factory setting: 90 V

    The arc length depends on the welding voltage. To end the welding process, a significant lifting of the stick electrode is usually required. The break voltage parameter allows the welding voltage to be limited to a value, which permits the welding process to be ended by only slightly lifting the stick electrode.

    IMPORTANT! If the welding process regularly comes to an unintentional end, set the break voltage to a higher value.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Electrode

    Start / End

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the start and end of manual metal arc welding:

    Starting current time 
    For specifying how long the starting current is to be active

    0.0 – 2.0 s
    Factory setting: 0.5 s

    Break voltage
    For setting a voltage value at which the welding process may be ended by a slight raise of the stick electrode.

    20 – 90 V
    Factory setting: 90 V

    The arc length depends on the welding voltage. To end the welding process, a significant lifting of the stick electrode is usually required. The break voltage parameter allows the welding voltage to be limited to a value, which permits the welding process to be ended by only slightly lifting the stick electrode.

    IMPORTANT! If the welding process regularly comes to an unintentional end, set the break voltage to a higher value.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Electrode

    Characteristic

    Characteristic
    For selecting the electrode characteristic

    I-constant / 0.1 - 20.0 A/V / P-constant / Gouging
    Factory setting: I-constant

    (1)
    Working line for stick electrode
    (2)
    Working line for stick electrode with increased arc length
    (3)
    Working line for stick electrode with reduced arc length
    (4)
    Characteristic for selected parameter "I-constant" (constant welding current)
    (5)
    Characteristic for selected parameter "0.1 - 20" (drooping characteristic with adjustable slope)
    (6)
    Characteristic for selected parameter "P-constant" (constant welding power)
    (7)
    Example of set arc-force dynamic with selected characteristic (4)
    (8)
    Example of set arc-force dynamic with selected characteristic (5) or (6)

    I-constant (constant welding current)

    • If the "I-constant" parameter is set, the welding current is kept constant regardless of the welding voltage. The result is a vertical characteristic (4).
    • The "I-constant" parameter is particularly suitable for rutile electrodes and basic electrodes.
    • "I-constant" must be set for electrode pulsing.

    0.1 - 20.0 A/V (drooping characteristic with adjustable slope)

    • A drooping characteristic (5) can be set using parameter "0.1 - 20". The setting range is from 0.1 A/V (very steep) to 20 A/V (very flat).
    • Setting a flat characteristic (5) is only recommended for cellulose electrodes.

    P-constant (constant welding power)

    • If the "P-constant" parameter is set, the welding power is kept constant regardless of the welding voltage and current. The result is a hyperbolic characteristic (6).
    • The "P-constant" parameter is particularly suitable for cellulose electrodes.

    Arc air gouging

    • Special characteristic for gouging with a carbon electrode
    (1)
    Working line for stick electrode
    (2)
    Working line for stick electrode with increased arc length
    (3)
    Working line for stick electrode with reduced arc length
    (4)
    Characteristic for selected parameter "I-constant" (constant welding current)
    (5)
    Characteristic for selected parameter "0.1 - 20" (drooping characteristic with adjustable slope)
    (6)
    Characteristic for selected parameter "P-constant" (constant welding power)
    (7)
    Example of set arc-force dynamic with selected characteristic (5) or (6)
    (8)
    Possible current change with selected characteristic (5) or (6) depending on the welding voltage (arc length)
    (a)
    Operating point with high arc length
    (b)
    Operating point with set welding current IH
    (c)
    Operating point with low arc length

    The characteristics (4), (5), and (6) shown apply when using a stick electrode whose characteristic at a certain arc length corresponds to the working line (1).

    Depending on the set welding current (I), the intersection (operating point) of the characteristics (4), (5), and (6) is shifted along the working line (1). The operating point provides information about the current welding voltage and current welding current.

    With a fixed welding current (IH), the operating point can travel along the characteristics (4), (5), and (6) depending on the current welding voltage. The welding voltage U depends on the arc length.

    If the arc length changes, e.g., according to the working line (2), the operating point is the point where the corresponding characteristic (4), (5), or (6) intersects the working line (2).

    Applies to characteristics (5) and (6): Depending on the welding voltage (arc length), the welding current (I) is also lower or higher, with a constant value for IH.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Electrode

    Anti-stick

    Anti-stick 
    To activate/deactivate the anti-stick function

    off / on
    Factory setting: on

    As the arc becomes shorter, the welding voltage may also fall so that the stick electrode is more likely to stick to the workpiece. This may also cause the stick electrode to burn out.

    Electrode burn-out is prevented by the anti-stick function. If the stick electrode begins to stick, the welding machine switches the welding current off after 1.5 seconds. The welding process can be resumed without problems once the stick electrode has been lifted from the workpiece.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Electrode

    Electrode pulsing

    Electrode pulsing
    For activating or deactivating the pulse frequency

    off / 0.20 - 100 Hz
    Factory setting: off

    For details on electrode pulsing, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Setup Menu

    CEL

    For /XT devices only

    This CEL menu is only available for /XT devices.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. CEL

    For /XT devices only

    This CEL menu is only available for /XT devices.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. CEL

    Start / End

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the start and end of CEL welding:

    Starting current time 
    For specifying how long the starting current is to be active

    0.0 – 2.0 s
    Factory setting: 0.5 s

    Break voltage
    For setting a voltage value at which the welding process may be ended by a slight raise of the stick electrode.

    20 – 90 V
    Factory setting: 90 V

    The arc length depends on the welding voltage. To end the welding process, a significant lifting of the stick electrode is usually required. The break voltage parameter allows the welding voltage to be limited to a value, which permits the welding process to be ended by only slightly lifting the stick electrode.

    IMPORTANT! If the welding process regularly comes to an unintentional end, set the break voltage to a higher value.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. CEL

    Anti-stick

    Anti-stick 
    To activate/deactivate the anti-stick function

    off / on
    Factory setting: on

    As the arc becomes shorter, the welding voltage may also fall so that the stick electrode is more likely to stick to the workpiece. This may also cause the stick electrode to burn out.

    Electrode burn-out is prevented by the anti-stick function. If the stick electrode begins to stick, the welding machine switches the welding current off after 1.5 seconds. The welding process can be resumed without problems once the stick electrode has been lifted from the workpiece.

    1. Setup Menu

    Components

    Interior lighting

    Interior lighting
    For activating/deactivating the interior lighting

    off / 1 - 60 s / on
    Factory setting: 5 s

    off
    The interior lighting is switched off.

    1 - 60 s
    The interior lighting lights up for the set period of time.

    on
    The interior lighting lights up permanently.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Components

    Interior lighting

    Interior lighting
    For activating/deactivating the interior lighting

    off / 1 - 60 s / on
    Factory setting: 5 s

    off
    The interior lighting is switched off.

    1 - 60 s
    The interior lighting lights up for the set period of time.

    on
    The interior lighting lights up permanently.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Components

    Cooling unit

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for an optional cooling unit:

    Cooling unit operating mode 
    For setting whether the cooling unit is to be switched off or operated automatically

    auto / off
    Factory setting: auto

    auto:
    The cooling unit starts to operate when welding starts. The fan starts to operate from a coolant return temperature of 40 °C (104 °F). The coolant flow starts at approx. 1 l/min (0.26 gal./min [US]) and increases as the coolant return temperature increases to up to 1.5 l/min (0.40 gal./min [US]).
    In the event of faults in the cooling circuit, a corresponding error message is displayed.
    After the end of welding, the cooling unit continues to operate for the set cooling unit run-on time. When the cooling unit run-on time has elapsed, the cooling unit switches off.

    off:
    The cooling unit is deactivated.
    No operation, even when welding starts

    IMPORTANT! If a gas-cooled welding torch is operated on a welding machine with a cooling unit, set the cooling unit operating mode parameter to "off".

    Cooling unit shut-off delay
    Run-on time of the cooling unit after the end of welding

    2-20 minutes
    Factory setting: 2 minutes

    Delay time flow sensor
    Only in conjunction with the OPT/s CU Flow Sensor cooling unit option.
    The flow sensor option is integrated into the OPT/s CU1200 MC cooling unit model.

    For setting the time between the flow sensor tripping and the output of a warning message

    5-25 s
    Factory setting: 5 s

    Cooler flow warning limit
    Only in conjunction with the OPT/s CU flow sensor cooling unit option.
    The flow sensor option is integrated into the OPT/s CU1200 MC cooling unit model.

    If the parameter is activated, a warning is generated if the actual value falls below the entered value.

    off / 0.75-0.95 l/min
    Factory setting: off

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Components

    Wirefeeder

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the integrated wire drive and for a separate wirefeeder of a welding system:

    Feeder inching speed
    To set the wire speed at which the wire electrode or welding wire is fed into the torch hosepack

    2 - 25 m/min / 78 - 984 ipm
    Factory setting: 10 m/min

    NOTE!

    The feeder inching speed can also be set in the window that opens when the wire threading button is pressed:

    Press the wire threading button

    Turn the middle selection dial to adjust the value of the feeder inching speed

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Components

    Welding machine

    The following process parameters can be set and displayed for the welding machine:

    Ignition timeout
    Length of wire that is fed before the safety cut-out trips

    off / 5 – 100 mm (0.2 – 3.94 in.)
    Factory setting: off

    NOTE!

    The Ignition timeout process parameter is a safety function.

    At high wire speeds in particular, the length of wire fed until the safety cut-out trips can deviate from the set wire length.

    How it works:
    If the torch trigger is pressed, the gas pre-flow begins immediately. Wirefeeding and the ignition process then begin. If there is no current flow within the specified fed wire length, the system switches off automatically.
    Press the torch trigger again for a further attempt.

    TIG Ignition timeout
    Period of time until the safety cut-out following failed ignition.

    0.1 – 9.9 s
    Factory setting: 5.0 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Components

    Welding torch

    Torch trigger job selection
    Switch to the next job using the torch trigger

    Switching can take place when idle or during welding.

    on / off
    Factory setting: off

    1. Setup Menu

    Logbook

    Viewing the logbook

    The following data are displayed in the logbook:

    (1)
    Filter
    (2)
    Logged in user
    (3)
    Number of the weld
    (4)
    Date (ddmmyy)
    (5)
    Time (hhmmss)
    (6)
    Duration of welding in s
    (7)
    Welding current in A (average)
    (8)
    Welding voltage in V (average)
    (9)
    Wire speed in m/min
    (10)
    Arc energy in kJ (for details see page (→))
    (11)
    Job No.

    The following data can be displayed with the filter function (1):

    1. Welds
    2. Error
    3. Warning
    4. Notification
    5. Event

    Turn a selection dial to scroll through the list.
    Press the selection dial to display details of a logbook entry.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Logbook

    Viewing the logbook

    The following data are displayed in the logbook:

    (1)
    Filter
    (2)
    Logged in user
    (3)
    Number of the weld
    (4)
    Date (ddmmyy)
    (5)
    Time (hhmmss)
    (6)
    Duration of welding in s
    (7)
    Welding current in A (average)
    (8)
    Welding voltage in V (average)
    (9)
    Wire speed in m/min
    (10)
    Arc energy in kJ (for details see page (→))
    (11)
    Job No.

    The following data can be displayed with the filter function (1):

    1. Welds
    2. Error
    3. Warning
    4. Notification
    5. Event

    Turn a selection dial to scroll through the list.
    Press the selection dial to display details of a logbook entry.

    1. Setup Menu

    Job pre-settings

    Job slope

    Job slope
    Defines the time between the currently selected job and the next job

    0.0 - 10.0 s
    Factory setting: 0 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Job pre-settings

    Job slope

    Job slope
    Defines the time between the currently selected job and the next job

    0.0 - 10.0 s
    Factory setting: 0 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Job pre-settings

    Job-Correction-Limit MIG/MAG

    Upper power correction limit
    For setting the upper power correction limit for a job

    0 - 20%
    Factory setting: 0%

    Lower power correction limit
    For setting the lower power correction limit for a job

    -20 - 0%
    Factory setting: 0%

    Upper arc length correction limit
    For setting the upper arc length correction limit for a job

    0.0 - 10.0
    Factory setting: 0

    Lower arc length correction limit
    For setting the lower arc length correction limit for a job

    -10.0 - 0.0
    Factory setting: 0


    For more information on the job correction limits, see the chapter Job Mode on page (→).

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Job pre-settings

    Job-Correction-Limit TIG

    Upper main current limit
    For setting the upper main current limit for a job

    0 - 20%
    Factory setting: 0%

    Lower main current limit
    For setting the lower main current limit for a job

    -20 - 0%
    Factory setting: 0%

    1. Setup Menu

    Monitoring

    Arc break monitoring

    Arc break monitoring

    Ignore/Error
    Factory setting = ignorieren

    Ignore:
    Arc break monitoring is deactivated.
    The welding machine remains active and no error message appears on the display.

    Error:
    Arc break monitoring is activated.
    If the arc breaks off and there is no current flow within a set arc break time period, the system switches off automatically and an error message appears on the display.

    Arc break filter time
    An error is output if the set time period is exceeded.

    0.1 – 9.9 s
    Factory setting = 0.2 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Monitoring

    Arc break monitoring

    Arc break monitoring

    Ignore/Error
    Factory setting = ignorieren

    Ignore:
    Arc break monitoring is deactivated.
    The welding machine remains active and no error message appears on the display.

    Error:
    Arc break monitoring is activated.
    If the arc breaks off and there is no current flow within a set arc break time period, the system switches off automatically and an error message appears on the display.

    Arc break filter time
    An error is output if the set time period is exceeded.

    0.1 – 9.9 s
    Factory setting = 0.2 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Monitoring

    Motor force monitoring

    Wirefeeding force monitoring

    ignore / warning / error
    Factory setting: Ignore

    Ignore ... no reaction
    Warning ... a warning is displayed
    Error ... Welding process is interrupted, an error message is displayed

    Maximum force

    0 – 999 N
    Factory setting: 100 N

    Maximum force deviation time

    0.1 – 10.0 s
    Factory setting: 3 s

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Monitoring

    Single Phase Mode Settings

    The parameters can be set when the device is in single-phase mode.

    Fuse current value

    Fortis 270 /XT: off / 10 - 35 A
    Fortis 320 /XT: off / 10 - 63 A
    Fortis 400 /XT: off / 10 - 63 A
    Fortis 500 /XT: off / 10 - 63 A
    Factory setting: off

    Reaction

    off / power limitation / warning
    Factory setting: off

    off:
    No reaction

    Power limitation:
    The output welding power is limited depending on the welding characteristic and the fuse current value.

    Warning:
    Is automatically set when a fuse current value > off has been set.
    If a limit is exceeded, the symbol for single-phase mode changes to red, but there is no restriction of the output welding power.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Monitoring

    Documentation

    Sampling rate
    For activating/deactivating the sampling rate for the logbook

    off / 0.1 - 100.0 s
    Factory setting: off

    off
    Sampling rate is deactivated, only mean values are saved.

    0.1 - 100 s
    Documentation is saved at the set sampling rate.

    1. Setup Menu

    User management

    General

    User management is useful if multiple users are working with the same welding machine.
    User management is carried out using different roles and with the help of NFC keys.

    Users are assigned different roles depending on their level of training or qualification.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    General

    User management is useful if multiple users are working with the same welding machine.
    User management is carried out using different roles and with the help of NFC keys.

    Users are assigned different roles depending on their level of training or qualification.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Explanation of terms

    Administrator
    An administrator has full access to all welding machine functions. An administrator's tasks include:
    • Creating roles
    • Setting up and managing user data
    • Assigning access rights
    • Updating the firmware
    • Backing up data, etc.

    User Management
    User Management includes all users registered on the welding machine. Users are assigned different roles depending on their level of training or qualification.

    NFC key
    An NFC card or and NFC key fob is assigned to a specific user who is registered on the welding machine.
    NFC cards and NFC key fobs are commonly referred to as an NFC key in these operating instructions.

    IMPORTANT! Each user should be assigned their own NFC key.

    Role
    Roles are used to manage registered users (= user management). The roles define access rights and the work activities that users can perform.

    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Predefined roles and users

    Two roles are predefined in the factory in User Management:

    Administrator
    with all rights and options

    The "Administrator" role cannot be deleted, renamed, or edited.

    The "Administrator" role contains the predefined "Admin" user, which cannot be deleted. The "Admin" user can be assigned a name, language, unit, web password, and NFC key.
    Once "Admin" has been assigned an NFC key, user management is activated.

    locked
    preset in the factory with access rights to the welding processes, without process parameters and defaults

    The role "locked"

    • cannot be deleted or renamed
    • can be edited in order to activate various functions as required

    The role "locked" cannot be assigned NFC keys.

    If no NFC key is assigned to the predefined "Admin" user, each NFC key functions to lock and unlock the welding machine (no user management, see also section "Locking and unlocking the welding machine using an NFC key", page (→)).

    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Recommendation for creating roles and users

    A systematic procedure is required when creating roles and NFC keys.

    Fronius recommends that you create one or two administrator keys. In the worst case scenario, a welding machine can no longer be operated without administrator rights.

    Procedure

    NOTE!

    The loss of an administrator NFC key may affect welding machine usability, depending on your settings. Store one of the two administrator NFC keys in a safe place.

    1In the "Administrator" role, create two equivalent users

    This ensures that access to the administrator function is retained even if an administrator NFC key is lost.
    2Consider other roles:
    • How many roles are required?
    • Which rights are assigned to the respective roles?
    • How many users are there?
    3Create roles
    4Assign users to roles
    5Check whether the created users have access to the respective roles with their NFC keys.
    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Creating an administrator key

    NOTE!

    If an NFC key is assigned to the predefined "Admin" user in User Management, then User Management is activated.

    1Select User Management in the Setup menu
    2Turn a selection dial and select Activate User Management
    3Press a selection dial

    The instructions for assigning an NFC key are displayed.
    4Hold a new NFC key on the external NFC key reader and wait for confirmation of recognition.

    The NFC key is assigned to the predefined "Admin" user, and User Management is activated.
    New users and roles can now be created in User Management.

    Create a second administrator key:

    1Turn a selection dial in User Management and select User
    2Press a selection dial
    3Turn the middle selection dial and select new user
    4Press the selection dial

    The text input* is displayed.
    5Enter the desired name in the text input* by turning and pressing the middle selection dial (max. 30 characters)
    6Press the right-hand selection dial (Save)

    The properties of the new user are displayed.

    IMPORTANT! The "Administrator" role must be retained.
    7Turn the middle selection dial and select "NFC card"
    8Press the middle selection dial

    The note for assigning an NFC key is displayed.
    9Hold a new NFC key on the external NFC key reader and wait for confirmation that it has been recognized.

    The NFC key will be assigned to the new user.
    *
    Explanation of text input on page (→), step 2
    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Creating roles

    1Once User Management is activated, turn a selection dial and select Role
    2Press a selection dial

    The list of available roles is displayed.
    3Turn the middle selection dial and select + new role
    4Press the middle selection dial

    The text input* is displayed.
    5Enter the desired name in the text input* by turning and pressing the middle selection dial (max. 30 characters)
    6Press the right-hand selection dial (Save)

    The functions that can be executed by a role are displayed.

    Symbols:

     

    ... not possible

     

    ... possible

     

    ... hidden

     

    ... read only

     

    ... read and write

    7Specify functions that a user can execute with this role
    • Select functions by turning the middle selection dial
    • Press the middle selection dial
    • Select settings from the list by turning the middle selection dial
    • Press the middle selection dial
    8Press the right-hand selection dial (Save)
    *
    Explanation of text input on page (→), step 2
    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Creating users

    NOTE!

    For data privacy reasons, only personal ID numbers and no full names should be entered when creating users.

    1Once User Management is activated, turn a selection dial and select User
    2Press a selection dial

    The list of available users is displayed.
    3Turn the middle selection dial and select + new user
    4Press the middle selection dial

    The text input* is displayed.
    5Enter the desired name in the text input* by turning and pressing the middle selection dial (max. 30 characters)
    6Press the right-hand selection dial (Save)

    The user properties are displayed.
    7Assign a role to the user and enter additional user data
    • Select the parameter by turning the selection dial
    • Press the selection dial
    • Select Role, Language, Unit, and Standard from the list
    • Enter first name, last name, and web password using text input*
    8Turn the middle selection dial and select NFC card
    9Press the selection dial

    The note for assigning an NFC key is displayed.
    10Hold a new NFC key on the external NFC key reader and wait for confirmation that it has been recognized.

    The NFC key will be assigned to the new user.
    *
    Explanation of text input on page (→), step 2
    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Editing roles or users

    1Once User Management is activated, turn a selection dial and select the following:
    User ... to change an existing user
    Role ... to change an existing role
    2Press a selection dial

    The list of available users or roles is displayed.
    3Turn the middle selection dial and select the user to be changed or the role to be changed
    4Press the middle selection dial

    The user properties or the functions that can be executed by the role are displayed.
    5Turn the middle selection dial and select the data to be changed
    6Press the middle selection dial to change the data
    7Then press the right-hand selection dial (Save)
    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Deleting roles or users

    1Once User Management is activated, turn a selection dial and select the following:
    User ... to delete an existing user
    Role ... to delete an existing role
    2Press a selection dial

    The list of available users or roles is displayed.
    3Turn the middle selection dial and select the user or role to be deleted
    4Press the right-hand selection dial (Delete user/Delete role)

    A confirmation prompt is displayed.
    5Press the right-hand selection dial (Yes)
    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Deactivating User Management

    1Once User Management is activated, turn a selection dial and select Deactivate User Management
    2Press a selection dial

    The confirmation prompt for deactivating User Management and for deleting the NFC card is displayed.
    3Press the right-hand selection dial (Yes)

    User Management is deactivated, the welding machine is locked.
    The welding machine can be unlocked and locked again with any NFC key (see also page (→)).
    1. Setup Menu
    2. User management

    Lost administrator NFC key?

    Procedure if

    • User Management is activated
    • The welding machine is locked
      and
    • The administrator NFC key has been lost:
    1Press the Information button for 5 seconds

    The information regarding the loss of the administrator card is displayed.
    2Note down the IP address of the welding machine
    3Open the SmartManager for the welding machine (enter the IP address of the welding machine in a browser)
    4Inform the Fronius service team
    1. Setup Menu

    Display

    Background lighting

    For setting the background lighting

    0-10
    Factory setting: 10 (brightest)

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Display

    Background lighting

    For setting the background lighting

    0-10
    Factory setting: 10 (brightest)

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Display

    Status LED

    For activating / deactivating setting of the status indicator

    off/on
    Factory setting: on

    1. Setup Menu
    2. Display

    Mean display

    For activating / deactivating the Mean display (large display of the average values after the end of welding over the entire display area)

    Mean = average value

    off / on
    Factory setting: off

    The following values are displayed in the Mean display:
    • Welding parameter set values
    • Average welding parameter values after the end of welding
    • Welding power [kW], welding duration [s], welding energy [kJ]
    • Welding process, operating mode, process functions used
    1. Setup Menu
    2. Display

    Selecting the language

    1Turn the middle dial and select the desired language
    2Press the middle dial
    3Press the right-hand dial to select the language

    The welding screen is displayed.
    1. Setup Menu
    2. Display

    Setting the date and time

    The date and time can be assigned automatically or set manually.

    1Select Set date & time automatically (press the middle selection dial)

    The date and time are assigned automatically.
    2Select Time server and press the middle selection dial

    The text input is displayed.

    Aa ... Uppercase and lowercase
    !#1 ... Numbers and special characters
       ... Delete text to the right of the cursor
       ... Delete text to the left of the cursor
    > ... Move cursor to the right
    < ... Move cursor to the left
    3Enter the address of the local time server:
    • Turn the middle selection dial – select characters
    • Press the middle selection dial – confirm characters
    • Finally, press the right-hand selection dial to confirm the input
    The address of the local time server can be obtained from your IT administrator or via the Internet (e.g., pool.ntb.org).
    4Select Time zone and press the middle selection dial
    5Turn the middle selection dial and select the desired time zone

    The time zone must match the location of the welding machine.
    6Press the right-hand selection dial to confirm the time zone
    7Turn the middle selection dial and select Test
    8Press the middle selection dial to start the time synchronization
    9Press the right-hand selection dial

    Setting the date and time manually
    To set the date and time manually, Set date & time automatically must not be selected.

    1Turn the middle selection dial and select the desired parameter:
    Time zone / Year / Month / Day / Hour / Minute
    2Press the middle selection dial to change the parameter
    3Turn the middle selection dial to select the desired value
    4Press the middle selection dial and confirm the set value
    5Press the right-hand selection dial (Save) to confirm the settings
    1. Setup Menu
    2. Display

    Units / Standards

    Units

    Metric / Imperial
    Factory setting: Metric

    Standards

    EN / AWS
    Factory setting: EN

    EN
    Name of filler metal according to European standards
    (e.g., AlMg 5, CuSi3, steel, etc.)

    AWS
    Name of filler metal according to the American Welding Standard
    (e.g., ER 5356, ER CuSi-A, ER 70 S-6, etc.)

    1. Setup Menu

    System

    System data

    The following data are displayed:

    • Device name
    • Serial number of the welding machine
    • Image version
    • Software version
    • Open source licenses
    • Regulatory certification
    1. Setup Menu
    2. System

    System data

    The following data are displayed:

    • Device name
    • Serial number of the welding machine
    • Image version
    • Software version
    • Open source licenses
    • Regulatory certification
    1. Setup Menu
    2. System

    Restoring the website password

    1In the system menu, select "Restore the website password"

    The confirmation prompt for resetting the website password appears.

    2Press the right-hand dial to reset the website password

    The website password is reset to the factory setting:
    User name = admin
    Password = admin

    1. Setup Menu
    2. System

    Network settings

    Bluetooth

    on / off
    Factory setting: on

    NOTE!

    The wordmark Bluetooth® and the Bluetooth® logos are registered trademarks and property of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and are used by the manufacturer under license.

    WLAN

    on / off
    Factory setting: off

    Activating WLAN:

    1Select WLAN in the system menu
    2Press the middle dial (tick in the checkbox)

    WLAN is activated, the available networks are displayed.
    3Turn the middle dial and select the desired network
    4Press the middle dial
    5Select a password and enter it using text input
    6Press the right-hand dial
    7Activate or deactivate DHCP
    8If DHCP is deactivated:
    IP address, network mask, default gateway, DNS server 1 and DNS server 2 are displayed
    9Press the right-hand dial (OK)

    WLAN is deactivated (no tick in the checkbox):

    1Select country code setting
    2Select country code
    3Press the right-hand dial (save)

    Ethernet IP
    For manually setting the network parameters

    If DHCP is activated, the network parameters IP address, network mask, default gateway, DNS server 1 and DNS server 2 are grayed out and cannot be set.

    1Deactivate DHCP (no tick in the checkbox)
    2Turn the middle dial and select the desired network parameter
    3Press the middle dial

    The numeric keypad for the selected network parameter is displayed.
    4Enter a value for the network parameter
    5Press the right-hand dial (save) and confirm the value for the network parameter
    6Press right-hand dial (save) to confirm the network parameters
    1. Setup Menu
    2. System

    Welding machine configuration

    1Turn the middle selection dial and select a configuration item
    2Press the middle selection dial
    3Enter the desired text using the text input (max. 30 characters)
    4Press the right-hand selection dial (OK) to confirm the text
    5Press the right-hand selection dial (Save)
    1. Setup Menu
    2. System

    Restoring factory settings

    1In the System menu, select Restore factory settings

    The confirmation prompt for the factory settings appears.

    2Press the right-hand selection dial (Yes) to reset the values to the factory settings

    SmartManager – the welding machine website

    SmartManager – the welding machine website

    General

    With the SmartManager, the welding machines have their own website.
    Once the OPT/s Ethernet option is installed on the welding machine, the welding machine can be connected to a computer via WLAN or a network cable, or integrated into a network.
    The SmartManager of the welding machine can be accessed via the IP address of the welding machine.
    IE 10 or higher or another modern browser is required in order to access the SmartManager.

    The entries displayed on the SmartManager may vary depending on the system configuration, software extensions, and options available.

    Examples of displayed entries:

    • Actual system data
    • Documentation Logbook
    • Job Data
    • Power source settings
    • Backup & Restore
    • Overview
    • Update
    • Function Packages
    • Synergic lines overview
    • Screenshot
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    SmartManager – the welding machine website

    General

    With the SmartManager, the welding machines have their own website.
    Once the OPT/s Ethernet option is installed on the welding machine, the welding machine can be connected to a computer via WLAN or a network cable, or integrated into a network.
    The SmartManager of the welding machine can be accessed via the IP address of the welding machine.
    IE 10 or higher or another modern browser is required in order to access the SmartManager.

    The entries displayed on the SmartManager may vary depending on the system configuration, software extensions, and options available.

    Examples of displayed entries:

    • Actual system data
    • Documentation Logbook
    • Job Data
    • Power source settings
    • Backup & Restore
    • Overview
    • Update
    • Function Packages
    • Synergic lines overview
    • Screenshot
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    General

    With the SmartManager, the welding machines have their own website.
    Once the OPT/s Ethernet option is installed on the welding machine, the welding machine can be connected to a computer via WLAN or a network cable, or integrated into a network.
    The SmartManager of the welding machine can be accessed via the IP address of the welding machine.
    IE 10 or higher or another modern browser is required in order to access the SmartManager.

    The entries displayed on the SmartManager may vary depending on the system configuration, software extensions, and options available.

    Examples of displayed entries:

    • Actual system data
    • Documentation Logbook
    • Job Data
    • Power source settings
    • Backup & Restore
    • Overview
    • Update
    • Function Packages
    • Synergic lines overview
    • Screenshot
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Opening and logging into the SmartManager for the welding machine

    1In the Setup menu under System / Network settings, note the IP address of the welding machine
    2Enter the IP address into the search field of the browser
    3Enter user name and password

    Factory setting:
    User name = admin
    Password = admin
    4Confirm the displayed message

    The SmartManager for the welding machine is displayed.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Help functions if logging in does not work

    There are two help functions when logging into the SmartManager:

    • Start unlock function?
    • Forgot your password?

    Start unlock function?

    This feature allows you to unlock an unintentionally locked welding machine and enable it for all functions.

    1Click on "Start unlock function?"
    2Create a verification file:
    click on "Store"

    A .txt file with the following file name is saved in the computer's download folder:

    unlock_SN[serial number]_YYYY_MM_DD_hhmmss.txt

    3Send this verification file via e-mail to the Fronius tech support team at:
    welding.techsupport@fronius.com

    Fronius will reply by e-mail with a one-time unlock file with the following file name:

    response_SN[serial number]_YYYY_MM_DD_hhmmss.txt

    4Save the unlock file to the computer
    5Click on "Find unlock file"
    6Save the unlock file
    7Click on "Load unlock file"

    The welding machine is temporarily unlocked.

    Forgot your password?

    After clicking on "Forgot your password?", a note appears indicating that the password can be reset on the welding machine (see also "Restoring the website password", page (→)).

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Changing the password/logging out

    Click on this symbol to

    • change the user password
    • log out of the SmartManager

    Changing the password for the SmartManager:

    1Enter the old password
    2Enter a new password
    3Repeat the new password
    4Click on "Store"
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Settings

    Click on this symbol to expand the display of characteristics, material specifications and certain welding parameters on the SmartManager for the welding machine.

    The settings depend on the user who is logged in.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Language selection

    Click on the language abbreviation to display the languages available for the SmartManager.

    To change the language, click on the desired language.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Status indicator

    The current status of the welding machine is displayed between the Fronius logo and the selected welding machine.

    Caution/warning

    Error on the welding machine *

    Welding machine is welding

    Welding machine is ready for use (online)

    Welding machine is not ready for use (offline)

     

    *
    In the event of an error, a red error line with the error number appears above the line with the Fronius logo.
    After clicking on the error line, an error description is displayed.
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Fronius

    Click on the Fronius logo to open the Fronius homepage: www.fronius.com

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Current system data

    Current system data

    Current welding system data is displayed.

    NOTE!

    Depending on the welding process, equipment, and existing WeldingPackages, the system data displayed will vary.

    e.g. system data for MIG/MAG:

    (1)
    Device type
    (2)
    Device name
    (3)
    Factory
    (4)
    Hall
    (5)
    Cell
    (6)
    Addition
    (7)
    Welding process
    (8)
    Actual values / average values
    (9)
    Welding current
    (10)
    Welding voltage
    (11)
    Wire speed
    (12)
    Arc time
    (13)
    Arc energy
    (14)
    Arc power
    (15)
    Welding current command value
    (16)
    Welding voltage set value
    (17)
    Wire speed set value
    (18)
    Arc length correction
    (19)
    Pulse/dynamic correction
    (20)
    Arc power
    (21)
    Total shielding gas consumption
    (22)
    Total arc time
    (23)
    Total operating hours of the welding machine
    (24)
    Operating mode
    (25)
    Filler metal, shielding gas, characteristic, diameter, ID
    (26)
    Process functions
    (27)
    Full screen mode
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Current system data

    Current system data

    Current welding system data is displayed.

    NOTE!

    Depending on the welding process, equipment, and existing WeldingPackages, the system data displayed will vary.

    e.g. system data for MIG/MAG:

    (1)
    Device type
    (2)
    Device name
    (3)
    Factory
    (4)
    Hall
    (5)
    Cell
    (6)
    Addition
    (7)
    Welding process
    (8)
    Actual values / average values
    (9)
    Welding current
    (10)
    Welding voltage
    (11)
    Wire speed
    (12)
    Arc time
    (13)
    Arc energy
    (14)
    Arc power
    (15)
    Welding current command value
    (16)
    Welding voltage set value
    (17)
    Wire speed set value
    (18)
    Arc length correction
    (19)
    Pulse/dynamic correction
    (20)
    Arc power
    (21)
    Total shielding gas consumption
    (22)
    Total arc time
    (23)
    Total operating hours of the welding machine
    (24)
    Operating mode
    (25)
    Filler metal, shielding gas, characteristic, diameter, ID
    (26)
    Process functions
    (27)
    Full screen mode
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Documentation logbook

    Logbook

    The documentation entry in the logbook shows the last 100 entries. These logbook entries can be welds, errors, warnings, notifications, and events.
    The "Time filter" button can be used to filter the displayed data by a specific time period. This is entered with date (yyyy MM dd) and time (hh mm), each from – to.
    An empty filter reloads the most recent welding operations.
    The display of welding operations, errors, warnings, notifications, and events can be deactivated.

    The following data is displayed:

    (1)
    Number of the weld
    (2)
    Start time (date and time)
    (3)
    Duration of welding in s
    (4)
    Welding current in A (average)
    (5)
    Welding voltage in V (average)
    (6)
    Wire speed in m/min
    (7)
    Protection class – arc power in W (based on real-time values according to ISO/TR 18491)
    (8)
    IE – arc energy in kJ (as the total throughout the entire welding process according to ISO/TR 18491)

    Clicking on a logbook entry will display the details for that entry.

    Details for welds:

    Section No.

    (9)
    Duration of the welding section in s
    (10)
    Welding current in A (average)
    (11)
    Welding voltage in V (average)
    (12)
    Wire speed in m/min
    (13)
    Welding speed (cm/min)
    (14)
    Arc power from real-time values in W
    (15)
    Arc energy in kJ
    (16)
    Job No.
    (17)
    Process

    Additional values can be also displayed by clicking on the "Paste column" button:

    • I max / I min: maximum/minimum welding current in A
    • Power max / Power min: maximum/minimum arc power in W
    • Start time (welding machine time); date and time
    • U max / U min: maximum/minimum welding voltage in V
    • Vd max / Vd min: maximum/minimum wire speed in m/min

    If the OPT/s documentation option is present on the welding machine, individual sections of welds can also be displayed.

    The documentation can be exported in the desired format using the "PDF" and "CSV" buttons.
    For CSV exports, the OPT/s documentation option must be present on the welding machine.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Documentation logbook

    Logbook

    The documentation entry in the logbook shows the last 100 entries. These logbook entries can be welds, errors, warnings, notifications, and events.
    The "Time filter" button can be used to filter the displayed data by a specific time period. This is entered with date (yyyy MM dd) and time (hh mm), each from – to.
    An empty filter reloads the most recent welding operations.
    The display of welding operations, errors, warnings, notifications, and events can be deactivated.

    The following data is displayed:

    (1)
    Number of the weld
    (2)
    Start time (date and time)
    (3)
    Duration of welding in s
    (4)
    Welding current in A (average)
    (5)
    Welding voltage in V (average)
    (6)
    Wire speed in m/min
    (7)
    Protection class – arc power in W (based on real-time values according to ISO/TR 18491)
    (8)
    IE – arc energy in kJ (as the total throughout the entire welding process according to ISO/TR 18491)

    Clicking on a logbook entry will display the details for that entry.

    Details for welds:

    Section No.

    (9)
    Duration of the welding section in s
    (10)
    Welding current in A (average)
    (11)
    Welding voltage in V (average)
    (12)
    Wire speed in m/min
    (13)
    Welding speed (cm/min)
    (14)
    Arc power from real-time values in W
    (15)
    Arc energy in kJ
    (16)
    Job No.
    (17)
    Process

    Additional values can be also displayed by clicking on the "Paste column" button:

    • I max / I min: maximum/minimum welding current in A
    • Power max / Power min: maximum/minimum arc power in W
    • Start time (welding machine time); date and time
    • U max / U min: maximum/minimum welding voltage in V
    • Vd max / Vd min: maximum/minimum wire speed in m/min

    If the OPT/s documentation option is present on the welding machine, individual sections of welds can also be displayed.

    The documentation can be exported in the desired format using the "PDF" and "CSV" buttons.
    For CSV exports, the OPT/s documentation option must be present on the welding machine.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Documentation logbook

    Basic settings

    The sampling rate for documentation can be activated and set in the basic settings.
    In addition, the motor force M1 – M3, gas flow actual value and welding speed can be activated for documentation.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Job data

    Job data

    If the OPT/s Jobs option is available on the welding machine, the following can be carried out under the Job data entry:

    • Existing jobs in the welding system can be viewed *
    • Existing jobs in the welding system can be optimized
    • Externally stored jobs can be transferred to the welding system
    • Existing jobs in the welding system can be exported as PDF * or CSV files
    *
    Viewing and exporting as a PDF also works if the OPT/s Jobs option is not available on the welding machine.
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Job data

    Job data

    If the OPT/s Jobs option is available on the welding machine, the following can be carried out under the Job data entry:

    • Existing jobs in the welding system can be viewed *
    • Existing jobs in the welding system can be optimized
    • Externally stored jobs can be transferred to the welding system
    • Existing jobs in the welding system can be exported as PDF * or CSV files
    *
    Viewing and exporting as a PDF also works if the OPT/s Jobs option is not available on the welding machine.
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Job data

    Job overview

    The job overview lists all jobs stored in the welding system.
    After clicking on a job, the data and parameters stored for this job are displayed.
    Job data and parameters can only be viewed in the job overview. The column width for parameters and values can be easily adjusted by dragging with the mouse pointer.
    Further jobs can be easily added to the list with the displayed data by clicking on the "Add column" button.

    All added jobs are compared with the selected job.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Job data

    Editing a job

    Existing jobs in the welding machine can be optimized, provided the OPT/s Jobs option is available on the welding machine.

    1Click on "Edit job"
    2In the list of existing jobs, click on the job to be edited.

    The selected job opens and the following job data is displayed:
    • Parameters
      Parameters currently stored in the job
    • Value
      Parameter values currently stored in the job
    • Change value to
      For entering the new parameter value
    • Setting range
      Possible setting range for the new parameter values
    3Change the values accordingly
    4Save/discard your changes, save job as/delete

    To help when editing the job, further jobs can be easily added to the list with the displayed data by clicking on "Add job".

    Creating a new job

    1Click on "Create new job"
    2Enter job data
    3Click on "OK" to apply the new job
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Job data

    Importing a job

    This function allows externally stored jobs to be transferred into the welding system, provided the OPT/s Jobs option is available on the welding machine.

    1Click on "Find job file"
    2Select the desired job file

    In the preview of the job import list, you can select individual jobs and assign new job numbers.
    3Click on "Import"

    If the import is successful, a confirmation is displayed and the imported jobs are displayed in the list.
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Job data

    Exporting a job

    This function allows the welding machine to store jobs externally, provided the OPT/s Jobs option is available on the welding machine.

    1Select the jobs to be exported
    2Click on "Export"

    The jobs are exported as an XML file to the computer's download folder.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Job data

    Exporting job(s) as ...

    Under Job overview and Edit job, existing jobs in the welding machine can be exported as PDF or CSV files.
    For CSV export, the OPT/s Jobs option must be available on the welding machine.

    1Click on "Export job(s) as..."

    The PDF settings or CSV settings are displayed.

    2Select the job(s) to be exported:
    Current job/all jobs/job numbers
    3Click on "Save PDF" or "Save CSV"

    A PDF or CSV file of the selected jobs is created and saved depending on the settings for the browser used.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Welding machine settings

    Process parameters

    Under Process parameters, you can view and modify general process parameters and process parameters for components & monitoring of a welding machine.

    Changing process parameters

    1Click on Parameter Group/Parameters
    2Change the value of the parameter directly in the display field
    3Save changes
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Welding machine settings

    Process parameters

    Under Process parameters, you can view and modify general process parameters and process parameters for components & monitoring of a welding machine.

    Changing process parameters

    1Click on Parameter Group/Parameters
    2Change the value of the parameter directly in the display field
    3Save changes
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Welding machine settings

    Designation & location

    The welding machine configuration can be viewed and modified under Designation & location.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Welding machine settings

    Parameter display

    Welding parameters and special functions for the welding machine can be set under Parameter display.

    1Select parameter/function (tick)
    2Save changes

    The selected parameters/functions are displayed in the welding parameters on the welding machine display.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Welding machine settings

    Date & time

    The date & time can be set automatically or manually.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Welding machine settings

    Network settings

    The following parameters can be set under Network settings:

    Management

    • MAC address and current IP address are displayed.
    • If DHCP is not selected, the IP address, network mask, default gateway, DNS server 1 and 2 can be set manually.

    WLAN

    • MAC address and current IP address are displayed.
    • The WLAN country code can be set.
    • Configured networks are displayed
    • Available networks are displayed

    WeldCube Air
    Connect welding machine to WeldCubeAir
    (alternatively click on the cloud icon at the top right)

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Save and restore

    General

    Under the Save and restore entry

    • all welding system data can be saved as a backup (e.g. current parameter settings, jobs, user curves, defaults, etc.)
    • existing backups can be saved again in the welding system
    • data can be configured for automatic backup
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Save and restore

    General

    Under the Save and restore entry

    • all welding system data can be saved as a backup (e.g. current parameter settings, jobs, user curves, defaults, etc.)
    • existing backups can be saved again in the welding system
    • data can be configured for automatic backup
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Save and restore

    Save and restore

    Starting a backup

    1Click on "Start backup" to save the welding machine data as a backup

    By default, the data is saved in the format
    Backup_SN00001831_2024_01_11_100039.fbc
    at the selected location.

    YYYY = year
    MM = month
    DD = day
    HH = hour
    mm = minute

    Date and time information according to the settings on the welding machine.

    Finding a recovery file

    1Click on "Find recovery file" to transfer an existing backup to the welding machine
    2Select the file and click on "Open"

    The selected backup file appears in the SmartManager for the welding machine under Restore.
    3Click on "Start restore"

    Once the data has been successfully restored, a confirmation is displayed.
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Save and restore

    Automatic backup

    1Enable interval settings
    2Enter the interval settings for the times at which the automatic backup should take place:
    • Interval:
      daily/weekly/monthly
    • at:
      time (hh:mm)
    3Enter the data for the backup destination:
    • Protocol:
      SFTP (Secure File Transfer Protocol) / SMB (Server Message Block)
    • Server:
      Enter the IP address of the destination server
    • Port:
      Enter port number; if no port number is entered, the standard port 22 is automatically used.
      If SMB is set under Protocol, leave the Port field blank.
    • Storage location:
      Used to configure the subfolder where the backup will be stored.
      If no location is entered, the backup is stored in the server root directory.

      IMPORTANT! For SMB and SFTB, always enter the location with a slash "/".
    • Domain/user, password:
      User name and password - as configured on the server;
      When entering a domain, first enter the domain, then backslash "\" and then the user name (DOMAIN\USER)
    4If a connection via proxy server is required, activate and enter the proxy settings:
    • Server
    • Port
    • User
    • Password
    5Save changes
    6Activate automatic backup

    If you have any questions about configuration, contact your network administrator.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    User management

    General

    Under the User administration entry

    • Users can be viewed, changed, and created.
    • User roles can be viewed, changed, and created.
    • Users and user roles can be exported or imported into the welding machine.
      During import, existing user management data on the welding machine is overwritten.
    • A CENTRUM server can be activated.

    User management is created on one welding machine and can then be saved with the export/import function and transferred to other welding machines.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. User management

    General

    Under the User administration entry

    • Users can be viewed, changed, and created.
    • User roles can be viewed, changed, and created.
    • Users and user roles can be exported or imported into the welding machine.
      During import, existing user management data on the welding machine is overwritten.
    • A CENTRUM server can be activated.

    User management is created on one welding machine and can then be saved with the export/import function and transferred to other welding machines.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. User management

    Users

    Existing users can be viewed, changed and deleted, new users can be created.

    Viewing/changing a user:

    1Select a user
    2Change user data directly in the display field
    3Save the changes

    Deleting a user:

    1Select a user
    2Click on the "Delete user" button
    3Confirm the prompt with "OK"

    Creating a user:

    1Click on the "Create new user" button
    2Enter user data
    3Confirm with OK
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. User management

    User roles

    Existing user roles can be viewed, changed and deleted, new user roles can be created.

    Viewing/changing a user role:

    1Select a user role
    2Change user role data directly in the display field
    3Save the changes

    The "Administrator" role cannot be changed.

    Deleting a user role:

    1Select a user role
    2Click on the "Delete user role" button
    3Confirm the prompt with "OK"

    The "Administrator" and "locked" roles cannot be deleted.

    Creating a user role:

    1Click on the "Create new user role" button
    2Enter a role name, apply values
    3Confirm with OK
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. User management

    Export & import

    Exporting users and user roles from a welding machine

    1Click on "export"

    User management for the welding machine is stored in the computer's download folder.
    File format: userbackup_SNxxxxxxxx_YYYY_MM_DD_hhmmss.user

    SN = serial number, YYYY = year, MM = month, DD = day
    hh = hour, mm = minute, ss = second

    Importing users and user roles into a welding machine

    1Click on "Find user data file"
    2Select the file and click on "open"
    3Click on "import"

    User management is stored on the welding machine.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. User management

    CENTRUM Server

    To activate a CENTRUM server
    (CENTRUM = Central User Management)

    1Activate CENTRUM Server
    2In the input field, enter the domain name or IP address of the server on which Central User Management has been installed.

    If a domain name is used, a valid DNS server must be configured under the welding machine network settings.
    3Click on the "Verify server" button.

    The availability of the specified server is checked.
    4Save changes
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Overview

    Overview

    The Overview entry displays the components and options in the welding system with all the available information, e.g. firmware version, item number, serial number, production date, etc.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Overview

    Overview

    The Overview entry displays the components and options in the welding system with all the available information, e.g. firmware version, item number, serial number, production date, etc.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Overview

    Expanding all groups/collapsing all groups

    Click on the "Expand all groups" button to see further details about the individual system components.

    Example welding machine:

    • ACU1: Item number, version, serial number, production date
      Bootloader: Version
      Image: Version
      Licenses: WP Standard, WP Pulse, etc.
    • SC2: Item number
      Firmware: Version

    Click on the "Collapse all groups" button to hide the details of the system components.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Overview

    Export component overview as ...

    Click on the "Export component overview as" button to create an XML file from the details of the system components. This XML file can either be opened or saved.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Update

    Update

    Under the Update entry, the firmware of the welding machine can be updated.

    The welding machine’s current firmware version is displayed.

    1Organize and save the update file
    2Click on "Find update file" to start the update process
    3Select the update fileClick on "Update"

    After the update has been completed, the welding machine may need to be restarted.

    After the update has been successfully completed, a confirmation message is displayed.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Update

    Update

    Under the Update entry, the firmware of the welding machine can be updated.

    The welding machine’s current firmware version is displayed.

    1Organize and save the update file
    2Click on "Find update file" to start the update process
    3Select the update fileClick on "Update"

    After the update has been completed, the welding machine may need to be restarted.

    After the update has been successfully completed, a confirmation message is displayed.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Update

    Finding the update file (performing an update)

    1After clicking on "Find update file", select the desired firmware (*.ffw)
    2Click on "Open"

    The selected update file appears in the SmartManager for the welding machine under Update.
    3Click on "Update"

    The progress of the update process is displayed.
    Once this reaches 100%, the prompt to restart the welding machine appears.

    The SmartManager is not available during the restart.
    After the restart, the SmartManager may no longer be available.
    If you select No, the new software functions will be activated the next time the power is turned on/off.

    4To restart the welding machine, click on "Yes"

    The welding machine restarts, the display goes dark for a short time.
    During the restart, the welding machine display shows the Fronius logo.

    After the update has been successfully completed, a confirmation and the current firmware version are displayed.
    Then log into the SmartManager again.
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Update

    Information on open source licensing

    Click on the link to view information on open source licensing.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Update

    Fronius WeldConnect

    Under the Update entry, the Fronius WeldConnect mobile application can also be called up.
    WeldConnect is an app for wireless interaction with the welding system.

    WeldConnect can be used to perform the following functions:

    • Current device configuration at a glance
    • Mobile access to the SmartManager of the welding machine
    • Automatic determination of output parameters for MIG/MAG and TIG
    • Cloud storage and wireless transmission to the welding machine
    • Component identification
    • Log on and off the welding machine without NFC card
    • Save and share parameters and jobs
    • Data transfer from one welding machine to another by means of backup, restore
    • Firmware update

    Fronius WeldConnect is available as follows:

    • As an app for Android
    • As an app for Apple/IOS

    For more information on Fronius WeldConnect, visit:

    https://www.fronius.com/en/welding-technology/innovative-solutions/weldconnect
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Function packages

    Function packages

    The following data can be displayed under function packages:

    • Welding Packages available on the welding machine
      (e.g. WP STANDARD, WP PULSE)
    • Options available on the welding machine (OPT/s ...)
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Function packages

    Function packages

    The following data can be displayed under function packages:

    • Welding Packages available on the welding machine
      (e.g. WP STANDARD, WP PULSE)
    • Options available on the welding machine (OPT/s ...)
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Function packages

    Loading a function package

    1Organize and save the function package
    2Click on "Find function package file"
    3Select the desired function package file (*.xml)
    4Click on "Open"

    The selected function package file appears in the SmartManager for the welding machine Function package.
    5Click on "Load function package"

    Once the function package has been successfully loaded, a confirmation is displayed.
    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Synergic lines overview

    Overview of characteristics

    In the Characteristics overview entry

    • available characteristics in the welding system can be displayed:
      Available characteristics button
    • possible characteristics in the welding system can be displayed:
      Possible characteristics button
    • characteristics for the welding system can be preselected:
      Characteristic preselection button
    • saved characteristic preselections can be exported and imported:
      Export & import button

    You can search for, sort and filter the displayed characteristics at any time.

    The following information is displayed for the characteristics:

    • Status
    • Material
    • Diameter
    • Gas
    • Property
    • Process
    • ID

    To sort the characteristics in ascending or descending order, click on the arrow next to the corresponding information.

    The column widths can be easily adjusted by dragging with the mouse cursor.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Synergic lines overview

    Overview of characteristics

    In the Characteristics overview entry

    • available characteristics in the welding system can be displayed:
      Available characteristics button
    • possible characteristics in the welding system can be displayed:
      Possible characteristics button
    • characteristics for the welding system can be preselected:
      Characteristic preselection button
    • saved characteristic preselections can be exported and imported:
      Export & import button

    You can search for, sort and filter the displayed characteristics at any time.

    The following information is displayed for the characteristics:

    • Status
    • Material
    • Diameter
    • Gas
    • Property
    • Process
    • ID

    To sort the characteristics in ascending or descending order, click on the arrow next to the corresponding information.

    The column widths can be easily adjusted by dragging with the mouse cursor.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Synergic lines overview

    Show filter

    Click on the "Show filter" symbol to display the possible filter criteria. With the exception of "ID" and "Replaced by", the characteristics can be filtered by all information.

    First selection box = select all

    To hide the filter criteria, click on the "Hide filter" symbol.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website

    Screenshot

    Screenshot

    Under the Screenshot entry, a digital image of the welding machine display can be created at any time, regardless of navigation or set values.

    1Click on "Take screenshot" to take a screenshot of the display

    The screenshot is taken with the settings currently displayed on the display.

    Depending on the browser you are using, different functions are available for saving the screenshot, and the display may vary.

    1. SmartManager – the welding machine website
    2. Screenshot

    Screenshot

    Under the Screenshot entry, a digital image of the welding machine display can be created at any time, regardless of navigation or set values.

    1Click on "Take screenshot" to take a screenshot of the display

    The screenshot is taken with the settings currently displayed on the display.

    Depending on the browser you are using, different functions are available for saving the screenshot, and the display may vary.

    Troubleshooting and Maintenance

    Saving an EasyJob

    EasyJob = saving current welding settings

    The saved EasyJob can be accessed at any time by pressing a button.

    NOTE!

    Up to four EasyJobs can be saved using the existing multifunctional buttons.

    The EasyJobs are saved under job numbers 1 - 4.

    Saving an EasyJob overwrites an EasyJob saved under the same number!

    1Press one of the multifunctional buttons for approx. 3 seconds to store the current welding settings

    After approx. 3 seconds, a symbolized button with a green frame and the Save symbol is shown on the display.

    The settings have been saved. The last saved settings are activated.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance

    Troubleshooting

    General

    The welding machines are equipped with an intelligent safety system, making it possible to dispense with nearly all fuses. After correcting any errors, the welding machine can be operated properly again.

    Possible malfunctions, warning notices or status codes are shown on the display as plain text dialogs.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Troubleshooting

    General

    The welding machines are equipped with an intelligent safety system, making it possible to dispense with nearly all fuses. After correcting any errors, the welding machine can be operated properly again.

    Possible malfunctions, warning notices or status codes are shown on the display as plain text dialogs.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Troubleshooting

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electric current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before carrying out maintenance or service work, switch off all devices and components involved and disconnect them from the power supply.

    Secure all devices and components involved against being switched on again.

    After opening the appliance, use a suitable measuring device to ensure that electrically charged components (e.g. capacitors) are discharged.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to insufficient ground conductor connection.

    This can result in personal injury and damage to property.

    The housing screws provide a suitable ground conductor connection for grounding the housing.

    The housing screws must not under any circumstances be replaced by other screws without a reliable ground conductor connection.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Troubleshooting

    MIG/MAG welding – Current limit

    "Current limit" is a safety function for MIG/MAG welding, whereby

    • It is possible to operate the welding machine at the power limit
    • Process reliability is ensured

    If the welding power is too high, the arc gets continuously smaller and may be extinguished. To stop the arc from being extinguished, the welding machine reduces the wire speed and therefore the welding power.
    A corresponding warning is shown on the welding machine display.

    Remedial measures
    • Reduce one of the following welding power parameters:
      Wire speed
      Welding current
      Welding voltage
      Material thickness
    • Increase the distance between the contact tip and workpiece
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Troubleshooting

    Troubleshooting the welding machine

    Welding machine not working
    Power switch is switched on; displays and indicators do not illuminate
    Cause:Mains lead damaged or broken, mains plug not inserted
    Remedy:Check mains lead, if necessary insert mains plug
    Cause:Mains socket or mains plug faulty
    Remedy:Replace faulty parts
    Cause:Mains fuse
    Remedy:Replace mains fuse
    Cause:Short circuit on the 24 V power supply of the SpeedNet connection or external sensor
    Remedy:Disconnect connected components
    No welding current
    Power switch is on, overtemperature is displayed
    Cause:Overload, duty cycle exceeded
    Remedy:Observe the duty cycle
    Cause:Thermal automatic circuit breaker has tripped
    Remedy:Wait until the welding machine automatically comes back on after the end of the cooling phase
    Cause:Limited supply of cooling air
    Remedy:Ensure accessibility to cooling air ducts
    Cause:Fan in the welding machine defective
    Remedy:Contact After-Sales Service
    No welding current
    Power switch of the welding machine switched on, indicators light up
    Cause:Incorrect ground connection
    Remedy:Check ground connection for polarity
    Cause:Power cable in welding torch damaged or broken
    Remedy:Replace the welding torch
    No function after pressing torch trigger
    Power switch switched on; displays and indicators light up
    Cause:Control plug not plugged in
    Remedy:Plug in control plug
    Cause:Welding torch or welding torch control line faulty
    Remedy:Replace the welding torch
    Cause:Interconnecting hosepack defective or not correctly connected
    (not in the case of welding machines with integrated wire drive)
    Remedy:Check interconnecting hosepack
    no shielding gas
    all other functions present
    Cause:Gas cylinder empty
    Remedy:Change gas cylinder
    Cause:Gas pressure regulator faulty
    Remedy:Replace gas pressure reducer
    Cause:Gas hose not attached, or damaged
    Remedy:Attach or replace gas hose
    Cause:Welding torch faulty
    Remedy:Change welding torch
    Cause:Gas solenoid valve faulty
    Remedy:Inform the service team
    Poor-quality weld properties
    Cause:Wrong welding parameters, wrong correction parameters
    Remedy:Check settings
    Cause:Poor ground earth connection
    Remedy:Establish good contact with workpiece
    Cause:Several welding machines welding one part
    Remedy:Increase distance between hosepacks and return lead cables;
    Do not use a common ground.
    Cause:Too little or no shielding gas
    Remedy:Check pressure regulator, gas hose, gas solenoid valve, welding torch gas connection, etc.
    Cause:Welding torch leaks
    Remedy:Change welding torch
    Cause:Incorrect or heavily worn contact tip
    Remedy:Change contact tip
    Cause:Incorrect wire alloy or incorrect wire diameter
    Remedy:Check wire electrode in use
    Cause:Incorrect wire alloy or incorrect wire diameter
    Remedy:Check the weldability of the base material
    Cause:Shielding gas not suitable for wire alloy
    Remedy:Use correct shielding gas
    Excessive weld spatter
    Cause:Shielding gas, wirefeeder, welding torch or workpiece contaminated or magnetically charged
    Remedy:Perform R/L alignment;
    Adjust arc length;
    Check shielding gas, wirefeeder, welding torch position or workpiece for contamination or magnetic charge
    Irregular wire speed
    Cause:Braking force has been set too high
    Remedy:Loosen the brake
    Cause:Contact tip hole too narrow
    Remedy:Use suitable contact tip
    Cause:Faulty inner liner in welding torch
    Remedy:Check the inner liner for kinks, dirt, etc. and replace if necessary
    Cause:Feed rollers not suitable for wire electrode used
    Remedy:Use suitable feed rollers
    Cause:Incorrect contact pressure of feed rollers
    Remedy:Optimize contact pressure
    Wirefeed problems
    when using long welding torch hosepacks
    Cause:Incorrect arrangement of welding torch hosepack
    Remedy:Arrange the welding torch hosepack in as straight a line as possible, avoiding tight bends
    Welding torch gets very hot
    Cause:Welding torch is inadequately sized
    Remedy:Observe duty cycle and load limits
    Cause:For water-cooled systems only: Coolant flow too low
    Remedy:Check coolant level, coolant flow rate, coolant contamination, etc.

    Further information can be found in the "Troubleshooting the cooling unit" section below as of page (→).
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Troubleshooting

    Troubleshooting the cooling unit

    Coolant flow too low / no coolant flow
    Cause:Coolant level too low
    Remedy:Top up coolant
    Cause:Constriction or foreign body in the cooling circuit
    Remedy:Remove constriction or foreign body
    Cause:Coolant contaminated
    Remedy:Change the coolant and then vent the cooling unit
    Cause:Coolant return filter and/or coolant pre-filter installed incorrectly
    Remedy:Clean coolant filter using clean tap water or change filter insert
    Cause:Coolant pump defective
    Remedy:Contact After-Sales Service
    Coolant flow too low / no coolant flow
    Cause:Coolant pump jammed
    Remedy:Contact After-Sales Service
    Cooling capacity too low
    Cause:Cooler or air filter dirty
    Remedy:Purge cooler with dry compressed air (see from page (→) onwards)
    Clean air filter (see from page (→) onwards)
    Cause:Fan faulty
    Remedy:Contact After-Sales Service
    Cause:Coolant pump defective
    Remedy:Contact After-Sales Service
    Welding torch gets very hot
    Cause:Welding torch is inadequately sized
    Remedy:Observe duty cycle and load limits
    Cause:Coolant flow too low
    Remedy:Check coolant level. If necessary, top up coolant.
    Check coolant for pollution. Replace coolant if necessary
    Cause:Coolant pump jammed – coolant flow too low
    Remedy:Contact After-Sales Service
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance

    Service, maintenance and disposal

    General

    The welding machine only requires minimal service and maintenance under normal operating conditions. However, some important points must be noted to ensure that the welding system remains in a usable condition for many years.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    General

    The welding machine only requires minimal service and maintenance under normal operating conditions. However, some important points must be noted to ensure that the welding system remains in a usable condition for many years.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Safety

    WARNING!

    Danger from electric current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before carrying out maintenance or service work, switch off all devices and components involved and disconnect them from the power supply.

    Secure all devices and components involved against being switched on again.

    After opening the appliance, use a suitable measuring device to ensure that electrically charged components (e.g. capacitors) are discharged.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to insufficient ground conductor connection.

    This can result in personal injury and damage to property.

    The housing screws provide a suitable ground conductor connection for grounding the housing.

    The housing screws must not under any circumstances be replaced by other screws without a reliable ground conductor connection.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to hot components and parts.

    This can result in burns.

    Leave hot components and parts such as welding torches to cool before working on them.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Original spare and wear parts

    It is impossible to guarantee that third-party parts are designed and manufactured to meet the demands made on them, or that they satisfy safety requirements.

    • Use only original spare and wear parts (also applies to standard parts).
    • Do not carry out any alterations, installations, or modifications to the device without first obtaining the manufacturer's permission.
    • Components that are not in perfect condition must be changed immediately.
    • When ordering, specify the exact name and part number according to the spare parts list, as well as the serial number of your device.
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    At every start-up

    • Check mains plug and mains cable, as well as the welding torch, interconnecting hosepack, and ground earth connection for damage
    • Check if the all-round clearance of the device is 0.5 m (1 ft. 8 in.) around the welding machine so that cooling air can circulate unimpeded

    NOTE!

    Air inlet and outlet openings must not be blocked or even partially covered.

    • Check if the screw connections between all system components of the welding system are tightened
    • Check if all welding system coolant connections are leak-tight
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Once a week

    • The device must be examined for externally detectable damage and functionality of the safety devices.
    • Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is below the "min" mark, top up with coolant.
    • Check the purity of the coolant. Replace coolant if necessary

    NOTE!

    Only use the coolant Cooling Liquid FCL10/20 when filling the cooling unit.

    Other coolants are not suitable due to their electrical conductivity and insufficient material compatibility.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Every 2 months

    • Clean air filter
    • Clean the coolant return filter on the outside of the unit and replace the filter insert if necessary
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Every 6 months

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to the effect of compressed air.

    This can result in damage to property.

    Do not clean electronic components with compressed air from a short distance.

    • Open the welding machine and purge the inside of the device with dry and reduced compressed air
    • Also clean the cooling air ducts if there is a large accumulation of dust
    • Purge the cooler in the cooling unit
    • Change coolant (in 3-shift operation with ethanol-based coolant)
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Every 12 months

    • Change the coolant (in 3-shift operation with FCL 10/20 coolant)

    For details on the coolant, see from page (→) onwards.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Every 24 months

    • Change the coolant (in 1-shift operation with FCL 10/20 coolant)
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    If necessary: changing the display protector

    In the event of heavy soiling, the display protector can be changed as follows:

    WARNING!

    Danger from electric current.

    This can result in serious personal injury and damage to property.

    Before carrying out maintenance or service work, switch off all devices and components involved and disconnect them from the power supply.

    Secure all devices and components involved against being switched on again.

    After opening the appliance, use a suitable measuring device to ensure that electrically charged components (e.g. capacitors) are discharged.

    1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Cleaning the air filter

    Cleaning the air filter is described using the example of the cooling unit air filter.
    The welding machine air filter is cleaned in the same way.

    IMPORTANT! If there is a cooling unit in the welding system, always clean both air filters!

    1
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Cleaning the cooling unit filter

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to coolant escaping.

    Personal injury and damage to property may result.

    If coolant ends up on the outside of the device, this should be removed immediately.

    Make sure that no coolant ends up on the inside of the cooling unit.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to hot coolant.

    This can result in burns or scalding.

    Allow the coolant to cool down to +25 °C / +77 °F before commencing.

    1

    IMPORTANT! If the filter insert can no longer be cleaned without tools, replace the filter insert.

    2
    3Ensure that there is no coolant on the outside of the device
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Purging the cooler

    CAUTION!

    Danger from compressed air.

    Damage to electronic components may result.

    Do not bring the air nozzle too close to electronic components.

    CAUTION!

    Danger due to hot coolant.

    This can result in burns or scalding.

    Allow the coolant to cool down to +25 °C / +77 °F before commencing.

    1

    NOTE!

    When purging the cooler, hold the fan impeller firmly to avoid damaging the fan.

    2
    Blow dry, reduced compressed air through the cooler to clean it.
    If there is a large accumulation of dust, also blow dry, reduced compressed air through the inside of the device
    3
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Updating the firmware

    IMPORTANT! To update the firmware, you need a PC or laptop that is connected to the welding machine via an Ethernet network.

    1Get the latest firmware (e.g. from the Fronius DownloadCenter)
    File format: Fortis_xxxxx.ffw
    2Establish an Ethernet connection between the PC/laptop and welding machine
    3Open the welding machine SmartManager (see page(→))
    4Transfer the firmware to the welding machine (see page(→))
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Safety inspection

    The manufacturer recommends that a safety inspection of the device be performed at least every 12 months.

    The manufacturer recommends calibrating welding systems within the same 12-month interval.

    A safety inspection by a certified electrician is recommended:
    • After changes
    • After alterations
    • After repair, service, and maintenance
    • At least every twelve months

    For the safety inspection, follow the appropriate national and international standards and guidelines.

    You can obtain more information about the safety inspection and calibration from your service center. The service center will provide the necessary documents upon request.

    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance
    2. Service, maintenance and disposal

    Disposal

    Waste electrical and electronic equipment must be collected separately and recycled in an environmentally sound manner in accordance with the European Directive and national law. Used equipment must be returned to the distributor or through a local authorized collection and disposal system. Proper disposal of the used device promotes sustainable recycling of resources and prevents negative effects on health and the environment.

    Packaging materials
    • Collect separately
    • Observe local regulations
    • Crush cardboard boxes
    1. Troubleshooting and Maintenance

    Saving an EasyJob

    EasyJob = saving current welding settings

    The saved EasyJob can be accessed at any time by pressing a button.

    NOTE!

    Up to four EasyJobs can be saved using the existing multifunctional buttons.

    The EasyJobs are saved under job numbers 1 - 4.

    Saving an EasyJob overwrites an EasyJob saved under the same number!

    1Press one of the multifunctional buttons for approx. 3 seconds to store the current welding settings

    After approx. 3 seconds, a symbolized button with a green frame and the Save symbol is shown on the display.

    The settings have been saved. The last saved settings are activated.

    Appendix

    Average consumption values during welding

    Average wire electrode consumption during MIG/MAG welding

    Average wire electrode consumption at a wire speed of 5 m/min

     

    1.0 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.2 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.6 mm wire electrode diameter

    Steel wire electrode

    1.8 kg/h

    2.7 kg/h

    4.7 kg/h

    Aluminum wire electrode

    0.6 kg/h

    0.9 kg/h

    1.6 kg/h

    CrNi wire electrode

    1.9 kg/h

    2.8 kg/h

    4.8 kg/h

    Average wire electrode consumption at a wire speed of 10 m/min

     

    1.0 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.2 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.6 mm wire electrode diameter

    Steel wire electrode

    3.7 kg/h

    5.3 kg/h

    9.5 kg/h

    Aluminum wire electrode

    1.3 kg/h

    1.8 kg/h

    3.2 kg/h

    CrNi wire electrode

    3.8 kg/h

    5.4 kg/h

    9.6 kg/h

    1. Appendix

    Average consumption values during welding

    Average wire electrode consumption during MIG/MAG welding

    Average wire electrode consumption at a wire speed of 5 m/min

     

    1.0 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.2 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.6 mm wire electrode diameter

    Steel wire electrode

    1.8 kg/h

    2.7 kg/h

    4.7 kg/h

    Aluminum wire electrode

    0.6 kg/h

    0.9 kg/h

    1.6 kg/h

    CrNi wire electrode

    1.9 kg/h

    2.8 kg/h

    4.8 kg/h

    Average wire electrode consumption at a wire speed of 10 m/min

     

    1.0 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.2 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.6 mm wire electrode diameter

    Steel wire electrode

    3.7 kg/h

    5.3 kg/h

    9.5 kg/h

    Aluminum wire electrode

    1.3 kg/h

    1.8 kg/h

    3.2 kg/h

    CrNi wire electrode

    3.8 kg/h

    5.4 kg/h

    9.6 kg/h

    1. Appendix
    2. Average consumption values during welding

    Average wire electrode consumption during MIG/MAG welding

    Average wire electrode consumption at a wire speed of 5 m/min

     

    1.0 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.2 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.6 mm wire electrode diameter

    Steel wire electrode

    1.8 kg/h

    2.7 kg/h

    4.7 kg/h

    Aluminum wire electrode

    0.6 kg/h

    0.9 kg/h

    1.6 kg/h

    CrNi wire electrode

    1.9 kg/h

    2.8 kg/h

    4.8 kg/h

    Average wire electrode consumption at a wire speed of 10 m/min

     

    1.0 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.2 mm wire electrode diameter

    1.6 mm wire electrode diameter

    Steel wire electrode

    3.7 kg/h

    5.3 kg/h

    9.5 kg/h

    Aluminum wire electrode

    1.3 kg/h

    1.8 kg/h

    3.2 kg/h

    CrNi wire electrode

    3.8 kg/h

    5.4 kg/h

    9.6 kg/h

    1. Appendix
    2. Average consumption values during welding

    Average shielding gas consumption during MIG/MAG welding

    Wire electrode diameter

    1.0 mm

    1.2 mm

    1.6 mm

    2.0 mm

    2 x 1.2 mm (TWIN)

    Average consumption

    10 l/min

    12 l/min

    16 l/min

    20 l/min

    24 l/min

    1. Appendix
    2. Average consumption values during welding

    Average shielding gas consumption during TIG welding

    Gas nozzle size

    4

    5

    6

    7

    8

    10

    Average consumption

    6 l/min

    8 l/min

    10 l/min

    12 l/min

    12 l/min

    15 l/min

    1. Appendix

    Technical data

    Explanation of the term duty cycle

    The duty cycle (ED) is the period of a ten minute cycle in which the device may be operated at the stated power without overheating.

    NOTE!

    The ED values cited on the rating plate relate to an ambient temperature of 40 °C.

    If the ambient temperature is higher, the ED or power must be lowered accordingly.

    Example: Welding with 150 A at 60% ED

    • Welding phase = 60% of 10 mins = 6 mins
    • Cool-down phase = rest time = 4 mins
    • Following the cool-down phase, the cycle begins again.

    To use the device without interruptions:

    1Search for a 100% ED value in the technical data, which corresponds to the existing ambient temperature.
    2Reduce the power or amperage value correspondingly so that the device can operate without a cool-down phase.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Explanation of the term duty cycle

    The duty cycle (ED) is the period of a ten minute cycle in which the device may be operated at the stated power without overheating.

    NOTE!

    The ED values cited on the rating plate relate to an ambient temperature of 40 °C.

    If the ambient temperature is higher, the ED or power must be lowered accordingly.

    Example: Welding with 150 A at 60% ED

    • Welding phase = 60% of 10 mins = 6 mins
    • Cool-down phase = rest time = 4 mins
    • Following the cool-down phase, the cycle begins again.

    To use the device without interruptions:

    1Search for a 100% ED value in the technical data, which corresponds to the existing ambient temperature.
    2Reduce the power or amperage value correspondingly so that the device can operate without a cool-down phase.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Special Voltage

    For devices designed for special voltages, the technical data on the rating plate applies.

    The following applies for all devices with a permitted grid voltage of up to 460 V: The standard mains plug allows the user to operate with a grid voltage of up to 400 V. For grid voltages up to 460 V fit a mains plug permitted for such use or install the mains supply directly.

    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Overview with critical raw materials, year of production of the device

    Overview with critical raw materials:
    An overview of which critical raw materials are contained in this device can be found at the following Internet address:
    https://www.fronius.com/welding-technology/downloads
    Find downloads: critical

    To calculate the year of production of the device:
    • Each device is provided with a serial number
    • The serial number consists of 8 digits - for example 28020099
    • The first two digits give the number from which the year of production of the device can be calculated
    • This figure minus 11 gives the year of production
      • For example: Serial number = 28020065, calculation of the year of production = 28 - 11 = 17, year of production = 2017
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Environmental conditions

    Temperature range of ambient air:

    during operation
    during transport and storage

    -10 °C to + 40 °C / 14 °F to 104 °F
    -20 °C to +55 °C / -4 °F to 131 °F

     

     

    Relative humidity of ambient air:

    at 40 °C / 104 °F
    at 20 °C / 68 °F

    max. 50%
    max. 90%

    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 270 C /G

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    10.8 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    17.3 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 270 A

    TIG

    3 - 270 A

    MMA

    10 - 270 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 270 A
    60% / 250 A
    100% / 210 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 27.5 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 20.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 30.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    104.1 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 555 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 21.0 in.

    Weight

    37.0 kg / 81.57 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency at 320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 270 C is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 270 C /G /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    10.6/10.8 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    16.8/17.3 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 270 A

    TIG

    3 - 270 A

    MMA

    10 - 270 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 270 A
    60% / 250 A
    100% / 210 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 27.5 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 20.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 30.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    104.1 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 555 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 21.0 in.

    Weight

    35.7 kg / 78.71 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency at 320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 270 C /nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 270 C /G /XT/nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    18.0 A

    3 x 230 V

    15.6 A

    3 x 380 V

    9.4 A

    3 x 400 V

    8.9 A

    3 x 460 V

    7.8 A

    3 x 600 V

    8.0 A

    1 x 230 V

    36.1 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    28.5 A

    3 x 230 V

    24.6 A

    3 x 380 V

    14.8 A

    3 x 400 V

    8.9 A

    3 x 460 V

    7.8 A

    3 x 600 V

    8.0 A

    1 x 230 V

    30.1 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    35 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    16 A slow-blow

    1 x 230 V

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 270 A

    TIG

    3 - 270 A

    MMA

    10 - 270 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 270 A
    60% / 250 A
    100% / 210 A

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 240 A
    60% / 230 A
    100% / 210 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 27.5 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 20.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 30.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    70.5 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 555 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 21.0 in.

    Weight

    37.4 kg / 82.45 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    23.5 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    88%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 270 C /XT/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 C /G

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    12.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    20.0 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 555 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 21.0 in.

    Weight

    38.0 kg / 83.78 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 320 C is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 C /G /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    13.1/12.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    20.7/20.0 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 555 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 21.0 in.

    Weight

    36.7 kg / 80.91 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 320 C /nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 C /G /XT/nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    22.7 A

    3 x 230 V

    19.6 A

    3 x 380 V

    11.0 A

    3 x 400 V

    11.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    9.8 A

    3 x 600 V

    9.7 A

    1 x 230 V

    32.6 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    35.9 A

    3 x 230 V

    31.0 A

    3 x 380 V

    18.5 A

    3 x 400 V

    11.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    9.8 A

    3 x 600 V

    9.7 A

    1 x 230 V

    43.1 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    35 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    16 A slow-blow

    1 x 230 V

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 270 A
    60% / 250 A
    100% / 210 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.4 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.1 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    79.8 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 555 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 21.0 in.

    Weight

    38.5 kg / 84.88 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency at
    320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 320 C /XT/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 C /GW

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    12.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    20.0 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    42.3 kg / 93.26 lb.
    46.2 kg / 101.85 lb.
    48.3 kg / 106.45 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 320 C /GW is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 C /GW /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    13.1/12.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    20.7/20.0 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    41.0 kg / 9.39 lb.
    44.9 kg / 98.99 lb.
    47.0 kg / 103.62 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 320 C /GW/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 C /GW/XT/nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    22.7 A

    3 x 230 V

    19.6 A

    3 x 380 V

    11.0 A

    3 x 400 V

    11.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    9.8 A

    3 x 600 V

    9.7 A

    1 x 230 V

    32.6 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    35.9 A

    3 x 230 V

    31.0 A

    3 x 380 V

    18.5 A

    3 x 400 V

    17.7 A

    3 x 460 V

    15.4 A

    3 x 600 V

    15.3 A

    1 x 230 V

    43.1 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    35 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    16 A slow-blow

    1 x 230 V

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 270 A
    60% / 250 A
    100% / 210 A

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.4 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.1 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    79.8 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    42.7 kg / 94.14 lb.
    46.6 kg / 102.74 lb.
    48.7 kg / 107.37 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    50 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    85%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 320 C GW/XT/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 C /GW

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    21.8 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    28.1 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    42.0 kg / 92.59 lb.
    45.9 kg / 101.192 lb.
    48.0 kg / 105.82 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    26.9 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 400 C /GW is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 C /GW /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    22.7/21.8 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    28.9/28.1 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    40.1 kg / 88.41 lb.
    44.0 kg / 97.00 lb.
    46.1 kg / 101.63 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    26.9 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 400 C /GW/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 C /GW /XT /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    35.8 A

    3 x 230 V

    31.0 A

    3 x 380 V

    18.6 A

    3 x 400 V

    17.7 A

    3 x 460 V

    15.5 A

    3 x 600 V

    15.2 A

    1 x 230 V

    36.3 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    49.0 A

    3 x 230 V

    42.4 A

    3 x 380 V

    25.5 A

    3 x 400 V

    24.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    21.1 A

    3 x 600 V

    19.5 A

    1 x 230 V

    53.7 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    63 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    35 A slow-blow

    1 x 208 / 240 V

    50 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 280 A
    100% / 240 A

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    79.8 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    43.6 kg / 96.12 lb.
    47.5 kg / 104.72 lb.
    49.6 kg / 109.35 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    26.9 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 400 C /GW/XT/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 C /GW /600V /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 600 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    16.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    22.0 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    -

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    77.6 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    41.3 kg / 91.05 lb.
    45.2 kg / 99.65 lb.
    47.3 kg / 104.28 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    26.9 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 400 C /GW/600/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 C /GW

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    25.0 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    36.7 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    42.7 kg / 94.14 lb.
    46.6 kg / 102.74 lb.
    48.7 kg / 107.37 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 200 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.8 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 500 C /GW is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 C /GW /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    25.6/25.0 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    38.1/36.7 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V
    93.0 V on Multiprocess devices

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    40.2 kg / 88.63 lb.
    50.5 kg / 11.33 lb.
    46.2 kg / 101.85 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 200 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.8 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 500 C /GW/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 C /GW /XT /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    43.2 A

    3 x 230 V

    37.4 A

    3 x 380 V

    22.3 A

    3 x 400 V

    21.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    18.5 A

    3 x 600 V

    17.8 A

    1 x 230 V

    36.5 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    68.3 A

    3 x 230 V

    59.2 A

    3 x 380 V

    35.3 A

    3 x 400 V

    33.5 A

    3 x 460 V

    29.2 A

    3 x 600 V

    23.7 A

    1 x 230 V

    53.6 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    63 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    35 A slow-blow

    1 x 230 V

    50 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 290 A
    100% / 260 A

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    79.8 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    43.7 kg / 96.34 lb.
    47.6 kg / 104.94 lb.
    49.7 kg / 109.57 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    30.2 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 500 C /GW/XT/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 C /GW /600V /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 600 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    19.2 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    29.1 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    -

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    77.6 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    41.3 kg / 91.05 lb.
    45.2 kg / 99.65 lb.
    47.3 kg / 104.28 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Max. shielding gas pressure

    7 bar/101 psi

    Wire speed

    1 - 25 m/min / 40 - 980 ipm

    Wire drive

    4-roller drive

    Wire diameter

    0.6 - 1.6 mm/0.02 - 0.06 in.

    Wire spool diameter

    max. 300 mm / max. 11.8 in.

    Wire spool weight

    max. 20.0 kg / max. 44.1 lb.

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.8 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    The wire drive of the Fortis 500 C /GW/600/nc is integrated in the welding machine.

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 /GW

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    12.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    20.0 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    39.7 kg / 87.52 lb.
    43.6 kg / 96.12 lb.
    45.7 kg / 100.75 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.3 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 240 A / 19.6 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 /GW /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    13.1/12.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    20.7/20.0 A

    Mains fuse

    16 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    38.4 kg / 84.66 lb.
    42.3 kg / 93.26 lb.
    44.4 kg / 97.89 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.3 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 240 A / 19.6 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 320 /GW /XT /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    22.7 A

    3 x 230 V

    19.6 A

    3 x 380 V

    11.0 A

    3 x 400 V

    11.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    9.8 A

    3 x 600 V

    9.7 A

    1 x 230 V

    32.6 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    35.9 A

    3 x 230 V

    31.0 A

    3 x 380 V

    18.5 A

    3 x 400 V

    17.7 A

    3 x 460 V

    15.4 A

    3 x 600 V

    15.3 A

    1 x 230 V

    43.1 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    35 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    16 A slow-blow

    1 x 208 / 240 V

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 320 A

    TIG

    3 - 320 A

    MMA

    10 - 320 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 270 A
    60% / 250 A
    100% / 210 A

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 260 A
    100% / 240 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 30.0 V

    TIG

    10.4 - 22.8 V

    MMA

    20.1 - 32.8 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    79.8 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    40.1 kg / 88.41 lb.
    44.0 kg / 97.00 lb.
    46.1 kg /101.63 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    29.4 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 210 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 /GW

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    21.8 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    28.1 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    39.4 kg / 86.86 lb.
    43.3 kg / 95.46 lb.
    45.4 kg / 100.09 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    26.9 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 /GW/nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    22.7/21.8 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    28.9/28.1 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    37.5 kg / 88.4 lb.
    41.1 kg / 90.61 lb.
    43.5 kg / 95.90 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    26.9 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 /GW /XT /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    35.8 A

    3 x 230 V

    31.0 A

    3 x 380 V

    18.6 A

    3 x 400 V

    17.7 A

    3 x 460 V

    15.5 A

    3 x 600 V

    15.2 A

    1 x 230 V

    36.3 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    49.0 A

    3 x 230 V

    42.4 A

    3 x 380 V

    25.5 A

    3 x 400 V

    24.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    21.1 A

    3 x 600 V

    19.5 A

    1 x 230 V

    53.7 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    63 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    35 A slow-blow

    1 x 230 V

    50 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 280 A
    100% / 240 A

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    79.8 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    41.0 kg / 90.39 lb.
    44.9 kg / 98.99 lb.
    47.0 kg / 103.62 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    30.5 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 400 /GW/600/nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 600 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    16.7 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    22.0 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    -

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 400 A

    TIG

    3 - 400 A

    MMA

    10 - 400 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 400 A
    60% / 360 A
    100% / 320 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 34.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 26.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 36.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    77.6 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    38.7 kg / 85.32 lb.
    42.6 kg / 93.92 lb.
    44.7 kg / 98.55 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    26.9 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 320 A / 32.8 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 /GW

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    25.0 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    36.7 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    40.1 kg / 88.4 lb.
    44.0 kg / 97.00 lb.
    46.1 kg / 101.63 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.8 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 /GW /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 380 / 400 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    25.6/25.0 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    38.1/36.7 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +10%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    64.4 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    37.6 kg / 82.89 lb.
    41.5 kg / 91.49 lb.
    46.6 kg / 102.74 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.8 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 /GW /XT /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 200/230/380/400/460/600 V
    1 x 230 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

     

    3 x 200 V

    43.2 A

    3 x 230 V

    37.4 A

    3 x 380 V

    22.3 A

    3 x 400 V

    21.2 A

    3 x 460 V

    18.5 A

    3 x 600 V

    17.8 A

    1 x 230 V

    36.5 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

     

    3 x 200 V

    68.3 A

    3 x 230 V

    59.2 A

    3 x 380 V

    35.3 A

    3 x 400 V

    33.5 A

    3 x 460 V

    29.2 A

    3 x 600 V

    23.7 A

    1 x 230 V

    53.6 A

    Mains fuse

    3 x 200 / 230 / 380 V

    63 A slow-blow

    3 x 400 / 460 / 600 V

    35 A slow-blow

    1 x 230 V

    50 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    75 mOhm

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

     

    U1 = 1 x 230 V

    40% / 320 A
    60% / 290 A
    100% / 260 A

    U1 = 3 x 200 - 600 V

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    79.8 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    41.1 kg / 90.6 lb.
    45.0 kg / 99.21 lb.
    47.1 kg / 103.84 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    30.2 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Fortis 500 /GW /600V /nc

    Mains voltage (U1)

    3 x 600 V

    Max. effective primary current (I1eff)

    19.2 A

    Max. primary current (I1max)

    29.1 A

    Mains fuse

    35 A slow-blow

    Mains voltage tolerance

    -10 / +6%

    Mains frequency

    50/60 Hz

    Cos phi (1)

    0.99

    Max. permitted grid impedance Zmax on PCC1)

    -

    Recommended residual-current circuit breaker

    Type B

    Welding current range (I2)

     

    MIG/MAG

    3 - 500 A

    TIG

    3 - 500 A

    MMA

    10 - 500 A

    Welding current at
    10 min / 40 °C (104 °F)

    40% / 500 A
    60% / 430 A
    100% / 360 A

    Output voltage range according to standard characteristic (U2)

    MIG/MAG

    14.2 - 39.0 V

    TIG

    10.1 - 30.0 V

    MMA

    20.4 - 40.0 V

    Open circuit voltage
    (U0 peak / U0 r.m.s)

    77.6 V

    Protection class

    IP 23

    EMC emission class

    A 2)

    Dimensions l x w x h

    681 / 368 / 763 mm
    26.8 / 14.5 / 30.0 in.

    Weight
    with toolbox option
    with cooling unit option

    38.7 kg / 85.32 lb.
    42.6 kg / 93.92 lb.
    44.7 kg / 98.55 lb.

    Max. noise emission (LWA)

    < 80 dB (A)

    Idle state power consumption at 400 V

    27.8 W

    Welding machine efficiency
    at 360 A / 34.4 V

    89%

    1)
    Interface to a 230/400-V and 50-Hz public grid
    2)
    A device in emissions class A is not intended for use in residential areas in which the power is supplied via a public low-voltage grid.
    The electromagnetic compatibility may be influenced by conducted or radiated radio frequencies.
    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Cooling unit option (OPT/s CU 1200)

    Supply voltage
    Fan
    Pump


    24 V DC
    42 V DC

    Current consumption

    2.1 A

    Cooling capacity at
    Q = 1 l/min. + 25 °C (77 °F)
    Q = 1 l/min. + 40 °C (104 °F)
    Q = max. + 25 °C (77 °F)
    Q = max. + 40 °C (104 °F)


    1,200 W
    800 W
    1,400 W
    1,100 W

    Max. delivery head

    50 m
    (164 ft. 0.5 in)

    Max. delivery rate

    1.5 l/min
    (0.40 gal./min [US])

    Max. pump pressure

    5 bar
    (72.51 psi)

    Pump service life

    up to 15,000 hrs

    Coolant content

    5 l
    (1.32 gal. [US])

    Protection class

    IP 23

    Dimensions l/w/h

    740/340/230 mm
    (29.1/13.4/9.1 in.)

    Weight (without coolant)

    6 kg
    (13.23 Ib.)

    Coolant temperature monitoring

    Warning above 68 °C (154.4 °F)

    Error message above 70 °C (158 °F)

    Flow monitoring
    sensor
    (option, standard on the OPT/s CU 1200 MC)

    Warning at 1-0.7 l/min
    (0.26-0.18 gal./min [US])

    Error message below 0.7 l/min
    (0.18 gal./min [US])

    1. Appendix
    2. Technical data

    Radio parameters

    Compliance with directive 2014/53/EU - Radio Equipment Directive (RED)

    The following table provides information on the frequency bands used and the maximum HF transmission power of Fronius wireless radio products sold in the EU, in accordance with Articles 10.8 (a) and 10.8 (b) of the RED.

    Frequency range
    Channels used
    Power

    Modulation

    2412 - 2462 MHz
    Channel: 1 - 11 b, g, n HT20
    Channel: 3 - 9 HT40
    < 16 dBm

    802.11b: DSSS
    (1 Mbps DBPSK, 2 Mbps DQPSK, 5.5/11 Mbps CCK)

    802.11 g: OFDM
    (6/9 Mbps BPSK, 12/18 Mbps QPSK, 24/36 Mbps 16-QAM, 48/54 Mbps 64-QAM)

    802.11n: OFDM
    (6.5 Mbps BPSK, 13/19 Mbps QPSK, 26/39 Mbps16-QAM, 52/58.5/65 Mbps 64-QAM)

    2402 - 2482 MHz
    0 - 39
    < 4 dBm

    GFSK